Home

Service Manual - Printers

1. PWBA MCU PWBA DRV HBN HBN PL12 1 1 PL12 1 12 5VDC PISI ng Pirat PIJI2 NOTONER Y L 3 3V0C PM 9 gt ENEE 23 le 8 8 gt m 7 3 SENSOR NO TONER Y PL10 1 5 Put 702 NOTONER M 1 3 3v00 e gt omna m m 22 Dla 9 5 gt K 2 m 4 SENSOR NO TONER M PL10 1 5 P J51 P J703 P J12 P J42 gt _ gt 1 NO TONER C L 3 3VD NOTNR 21 lt NOTONERIC L 3 3VDC SI NOTNRC TA jm 1 SENSOR NO TONER C PL10 1 5 PISI PUTOA NOTONER K 1 12 gt ONE 24 le MOMIAS 7 11 gt ss C 2 m 10 3 SENSOR NO TONER K PL10 1 5 PWBA CRUM READER PL10 1 18 P J12 P J42 P J51 P J342 27 Y SENSED L 3 3VDC A a Ku i 26 17090 SENSED L 3 9VDC N TORUM e TCRU_C SENSED L 3 3VD TCR Deux 28 lan L 3 3 De 1 13 5 P J34 P3411 411 P J341 113 3 J3 J3 2 ANTON Xm e DK 1 Die m De 2 7
2. ROS ASSY PWBA MCU HBN QBLD 3 PWB Scanner PL12 1 1 P J1 P J151 Motor yii XPDATA A Y 218 20 gt lt 1 XPDATA_B_M 19 ric 2 XPDATA_C_C 18 3 XPDATA D K MO_A Y MC 4 16 gt lt 5 MO BM gt 14 gt lt 7 MO D K A Y KE j VL BM ess a co 10 9 VA D K 1 9 c 12 8 2 LD 45VDC W 7 14 SCANNER MOTOR CLOCK Interlock 6 gt lt 15 24VDC 5 5 SOS SENSED L 3 3VDC a L 24VDC 17 RTN i ANNER MOTOR ON L 5VD 5 5 AE 1 20 PLATE ASSY PHD ASSY PKG DISPENSER HBN PL10 1 13 BUM cn J71 1 moi CRUM DATA 2 A gt 2 216 5 s 3 3VDC m4 3 gt lt 4 Dt ES m 4 gt lt 3 5 m 2 5 2 6 mic lt 1 PWBA EEPROM P J14 P J144 PL10 1 14 P J14 E EEPROM DATA 3 3VDC 7 gt gt lt 4 4 gt EEPROM CLOCK 8 ric 3 3 gt 3 3VDC 9 ric 2 2 gt 10 1 1 gt engine wire0008FB 7 482 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal
3. PL12 1 1 3 3 VDC P J13 139 J139 P J133 2 1 Xm Oo m N DUP JAM SENSED H 3 3VDC 2 m De 30 ma SENSOR PHOTO Dup Jam Sensor P J13 TM P139 J139 P J134 4 a Xm s Doa 5 FULL STACK SENSED H 3 3VDC gt m 6 e 6 DK 1 SENSOR PHOTO Full Stack Sensor P J13 upang P139 J139 P J135 7 X m5 7 gt K m MSI PAPER SENSED H 3 3VDC m 5 9 Dye E mo DM SENSOR PHOTO MSI No Paper Sensor Interlock 24VDC PL6 1 4 1 1 P132 132 T 39 J139 3 J13 MSI FEED SOL ON L 24VDC 7 2 10 gol 0 11 Jm 1155 08 1 2 J1322 1321 SOLENOID FEED MSI L PL6 1 40 EL PULL UP 3 3VDC N 0 1 SG com SENSOR PHOTO REGI PAPER SENSED L 3 3VDC 10 9 ke L 3 1 9 1 8 CHUTE REGI ASSY PA PL9 1 7 rus 24VDC REGI CLUTCH ON L 24VDC Regi Clutch P J19 1 ATO CLUTCHTURN MSI TURN CLUTCH ON L 24VDC MSI PL4 1 9 P J32 P J321 3 gt lt 1 m PAPER SENSED L 3 3VDC KIT SENSOR OHP W 2 y PL SG 9 1 12 1 3
4. Yellow toner image Magenta toner image IDT2 surface Yellow oner image Magenta oner image Cyan oner image IDT1 surface Black oner image Cyan toner image Black toner image engine principle0019FA 6 415 1 3 7 Tertiary transfer IDT 2 paper In the tertiary transfer process finished toner image formed on the IDT 2 surface is transferred onto the paper under the voltage supplied to the BTR Bias Transfer Roll is composed in the BTR Assy BTR is a conductive roll and receives positive high current from HVPS When paper passes through between 2 and BTR plus potential is given to the back side of the paper so that the toner on the IDT 2 is transferred onto the paper At this time potential on the BTR is higher than that on the IDT 2 1 3 8 Cleaning IDT 2 In the cleaning process toner remaining on the IDT 2 after the toner image is transferred onto the paper is temporarily held at the IDT 2 cleaner IDT 2 cleaner is a conductive roll brush and receives positive high voltage from HVPS The IDT 2 cleaner is placed in contact with the IDT 2 at a position through which it passes after the toner image having been transferred from IDT 1 15
5. P J221 P220 1 1 2 m 2 2 3 m 3 3 4 m 4 4 5 m 5 5 6 m 6 6 7 m 7 8 m 8 9 m 9 9 10 m 10 10 11 m 11 12 m 12 12 13 m 13 13 14 m 14 15 m 15 15 16 m 16 lt 16 17 m 17 17 18 18 18 19 m 19 19 20 m 20 20 TEST PRINT pg ON L 3 3VDC i SG 3 engine wire0012FB 7 490 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name Description Making this signal Low connected to SG enables the test printing of stored test patterns TEST PRINT ON L 3 3VDC 7 491 7 492 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 1 Configuration of Printer 1 1 Basic Configuration Chapter 8 Printer Specifications This printer basically consists of the print engine main unit consumables CRU and standard universal paper tray 500 sheets 1 2 Functional Configuration Functional configuration of this printer is shown below Printer System 10 MCU engine 0001 engine 0010 8 495 2 Electrical Properties 2 1 Power Source Two types of power source as follows are available for this printer which are selected according to the specifications 100V 120V printer Voltage 100 127VAC 10 90 140V frequency 50 60Hz 3Hz 220 240 printer voltage 220 24
6. GEAR SLIDE engine rrp0101FA Figure HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT Removal 2 3 308 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT engine rrp0130FA Figure HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT Replacement 3 309 Removal When removing the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT remove the toner deposit on the NOTE HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN with a vacuum cleaner or the like before starting its removal process 27 When removing toner deposits from the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN with a vacuum NOTE cleaner attach a ground between the vacuum cleaner and the engine chassis to avoid static discharge When removing the toner deposit on the HOLDER ASSY be careful not to allow the NOTE toner to fly to the sensors on the HOLDER ASSY TONER by the static electricity Donottouch the sensor face NOTE Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 11 Remove the COVER REAR RRP1 6 12 Remove the connector P J166 of FAN REAR PL12 1 2 on the LVPS PL12 1 10 from
7. sid 326 RRP10 10 BOX ASSY 10 1 20 328 RRP PTs FRAME S DRIVE unse ee iii terrace 330 RRPTTA EEVER DRUM I nein eit gk 330 RRP 11 2 LEVER DRUM RABET31 1 4 iet ea tee tte ea 332 RRP11 3 ACTUATOR VR PLIENO nt nn bs 334 RRP11 4 DEVE DRIVE ASSY 11 1 13 336 RRP11 5 MAIN DRIVE ASSY 11 0 338 RRP11 6 PWBA ASSY EARTH PL11 1 16 ttn ndi ai dann KAANAA 340 a2 IE 342 RRP12 1 PWBA MCU HBN 21 0 342 12 2 FAN BEAR PL12 1 2 aa p irritus 344 RRP12 3 CONTROLLER BOARD 12 1 4 sse nennen 346 RRPT2 4EVPS BEE12 1 10 hie eor ette ct te 348 RRP12 5 HARNESS ASSY AC SW 21 1 350 RRP12 6 PWBA HBN 21 352 RRP12 7 BOX ASSY MCU ESS REFERENCE 354 18 Table of Contents RRP12 8 HOUSING ASSY CONTACT 12 1 14 356 Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations 359 1 Connector plug coa 361 MASA ene ELI V E rara 361 A E er mte n eub nb iO RB 364 Ghapter DP arts EISE suos sn eines 369 Te
8. 865001K73732 SHAFT FEED RS 865006 71970 ROELASSY FEED 1 Re 865059K 18240 SENSOR PHOTO sel 865130E82740 ACTUATOR 865120E 18641 Na 865012 93212 BEARING 06 18 865413W75959 GEAR FEED 1 22 RW Refer to Item 1 SPRING FEED 865809E28310 SPRING FEED ad 865809E28320 GEAR FEED H2 Reed Refer to Item 1 GEAR FEED HH oin tette Refer to Item 1 GEAR FEED 2 soot EORR ETE abs Refer to Item 1 GEAR IDEER EEED 3 cete tette ns Refer to Item 1 GEAR ID ER ne Refer to Item 1 STOPPER CLEUTGH eerie san aaa 865003E53290 SOLENOID FEED ot 865121 87700 CLUTCH ASSY 865005 06011 GEAR IDLER IN Renee Refer to Item 1 ROLL ASSY TURN Reese 865059 18261 BEARING 06 18 865413W11660 SHAFT EEEB 2 3 it eie a e eU 865006E71980 ROLL ASSY ute a 865059K21730 HARNESS ASSY FEEDER J47 J471 J472 J473 P474 P475 865162K69690 TURN ROLL BEARING METAL 1 KIT GEAR FDR with 8 11 15 and 19 865604K02531 1 Periodical Replacement Parts 2 BEARING 9
9. 508 64 Ambient Saa maas a ah a 508 7 Safety Environment CONAM S A a 509 7 1 Safety Standard a se ia e tenes 509 7 2 Laser Safety Standard te alee dae nuts 509 SEM O M emu eim ME 509 TA NOSO ag to tette elim uote aset 509 8 Print image Quality Dc 510 8 1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions eene nennen 510 onis EE 510 9 1 Options to be Installed by Users eese nba cen 510 NIS MP 511 21 22 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 1 Progressing with the Troubleshooting 1 1 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting in this manual assumes use of Diag tools maintenance tools However the troubleshooting allows for the case where the Diag tools are not used You can correct troubles according to these troubleshooting procedures after understanding them well After making sure of actual condition of a trouble proceed with the troubleshooting process efficiently making use of the Fault Isolation Procedure FIP Operation of Diag tools Chapter 2 Wire connecting diagram Chapter 7 and Principle of operation Chapter 6 Flow of Troubleshooting Flow of the troubleshooting is as follows Prior check Y Condition check Start Y Diagno
10. 427 5 1 Paper Cassette nt tete alocada 428 D2 Paper Fer ne a Ra Duke ee ans ai iaa 430 5 3 Housirig ASsy Retard e ge te eee ie eich 432 5 4 Front ASSy IM RR M ERN RE 434 5 5 Chute Assy M 436 5 6 CHUG ASSY Exit a BEI 438 5 1 BTR ASSy SFUSO nero aa 440 5 6 E 442 5 9 TORU ccm 444 5 10 Frame amp Drive ieri tta ee tta nn cd 446 19 o MODEST cec esca 450 M Od E REEL 450 0 2 Operation 2 qst lo 450 Mc 451 7 1 Control of Paper Size iii nn aan ne ein nl 451 7 2 Selective Control on Paper Pick up 451 TIROS Light Quantity hen ne 451 TA Process Control oerni deri enid ink einen 452 7 5 Registration Control atiera enk eb dee E lern 455 0 BTR ASSY COMO ci tp rue o Up edm rion iter issus 456 1 Toner Gontrol 2 AT 457 FS Fuser COMTO E Tm 458 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 459 1 General Wiring Diagrami df 461 2 Wiring Diagram between 12222 2221 annie naan aa aa narua enn
11. 865117 34580 cC 865003E58330 SPRING LATCH 1 2 2 865809E28590 SHAFT EATGH alien ia Refer to Item 1 amp 2 ATENA ANEMIAA Refer to Item 182 ROLL PINCH 865059E95690 SPRING PINCH TURN eerte 865809E28610 ROLL PINCH 2 00000000 0 865059 95700 865809 28600 CHUTE DUP IN eset iate ee tt Refer to Item 1 amp 2 PW nel PS 865003E53380 5 385 PL 6 1 Chute Assy Out Illustration 2134 W 1 with 2 43 J133 J135 7221 11139 engine partslist0008FA 5 386 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 6 1 Chute Assy Out List Parts name CHUTE ASSY OUT with 2 43 7 1 865084K12161 HARNESS ASSY FRONT 2 J139 P132 J133 J134 J135 865162K69590 HARNESS ASSY BS J221 J2211 865162K69610 SENSOR PAHO TDi das 865130E81970 ACTUATOR FUEL lt a aan 865120E18740 SPRING PINCH EXIT 2 0 0020000 00000 002 865809 40770 ROLL PINCH 2 4 4 ana rrr 865059 95780 ROEEIPINGELY e tpa ertt i teer tre tt 865059E95760 BRACKET ASSY Refer to Item 1 GEAR I na einen etie teo eg in
12. EA 500 AO RESGIUON od A dp dep es 500 4 6 Operation 500 4 Process Sped saa A teil Uae dese an ae 501 20 Table of Contents 4 8 Print Mode uti eite edle Teen De a 501 4 9 501 4 10 Warm Up Time miii A A a 502 4 11 FPOT First Print Output naar 502 4 12 Continuous Pririting S Deed 2 2 2 ee tinte en dorada DARE ML iones 503 4 13 Printing Are 504 4 14 Input Properties iie odi era ate re ee sad ad eiecti tmv 505 4 15 O tput Properties 1 2 2 e te adh dc Te b Lad a ead Pune netu tub aden 505 tdi qe neo ceo t nd 506 M CONSUMaDlES nta 507 EAN 507 5 2 COnsumable te sat a alee e a Mu 507 5 3 Parts Requiring Periodical Replacement 507 6 Operating Environment 508 6 1 Installation Temperature 7 nennen 508 6 2 Installation 508 6 3 Installation
13. 7 488 engine wire0011F Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name Description Paper detection signal in Duplex section by SENSOR PHOTO Dup Jam Sensor High paper present Full Stack detection signal in paper output tray by SENSOR PHOTO Full Stack Sensor High full DUP JAM SENSED H 3 3VDC FULL STACK SENSED H 3 3VDC MSI NO PAPER Paper detection signal in MSI by SENSOR PHOTO MSI No SENSED H 3 3VDC Sensor High no paper MSI FEED SOL ON L 24VDC SOLENOID FEED MSI ON OFF control signal PAPER SENSED L 3 3VDC Paper detection signal in Regi section by SENSOR PHOTO Regi Sensor CLUTCH ON L 24VDC ON OFF control signal of Regi Clutch in CHUTE ASSY MSI TURN CLUTCH ON L 24VDC CLUTCH TURN MSI ON OFF control signal OHP paper detection signal by KIT SENSOR OHP PAPER SENSED L 3 3VDC High Plain paper present Low paper present or no paper 7 489 8 11 Controller section PWBA MCU HBN CONTROLLER BOAD PWBA FONT CARD PL12 1 1 PL12 1 4 PL12 1 19 Jt gt J27 gt 1 f 1 1 f U 2 7 CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA PL1 1 1
14. 865007K87261 5 397 PL 12 1 Electrical Illustration 14 MESE N VIIVA We wa N Hat ad engine partslist001 4FF 3 S 5 398 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 12 1 Electrical List Item 1 N DO BW N S gt 10B 11 12 13 14 Parts name PWBAHBN MC U imien eere tested bein 865160 93610 FAN REAR uai pei ibit 865127E82900 CLAMP GUIDE HARNESS essere 865019E49010 CONTROLLER 865160 94530 865015 75142 SPRING EARTH ESS 1 esee nnne 865809E29820 GUIDE iot eie 865032 17450 GUIDE L ESSE RR 865032 17440 EVPS 100 120V 2 3 2 ae rien 865105K20310 LVYPS230V nina keine Anh 865105K20320 HARNESS ASSY 5 2 22000011 865162K69582 PWBA 0000400 0 0 0 865160 93700 POWER CORD US vana 865673 80250 HOUSING ASSY 865802K32500 5 399 PL 13 1 Harness Illustration P34 p3 32 P140 P311 32 oy J61 1 1165 gt 2 E d J42 KZ gt gt 3 U 64 J1 A 4 4311 v A 5 J60 6 5 400 PL12 1 10 PL12 1 12 P163 P166 165 1 2 167 168 164 162
15. 1 Tray Feeder Unit simplex duplex iimplex Process simplex duplex speed 5 E 4 sound 5 Sound power level power level By Standard By Standard Chapter 8 Printer Specifications Option Feeder Unit simplex duplex Sound pres sure level By Standard Sound power level speed Half 52 dBA 6 45 53 dBA 6 7B 53 dBA 6 7B speed 1 3 speed 52 dBA 645 53 dBA 53 dBA Noise of ready mode is as follows Sound pressure level By Standard 36 5 dBA or less 1 Sound power level 4 95 B or less 1 1 Both FUSER FAN and REAR FAN are on the status of half speed rotation FAN stops depending on the status of Fuser and the noise level at this time is the same as background noise 8 509 8 Print image Quality 8 1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions The image quality is specified and guaranteed under the following conditions 8 1 1 Environmental conditions Environment condition for general office Temperature 15 28 Humidity 20 70 RH Environment condition for evaluating image quality Temperature 10 32 C Humidity 15 85 RH 8 1 2 Guaranteed paper The print image quality specified here is guaranteed with standard paper fed from the paper tray The evaluation is performed with A4 or letter size of paper FX P paper A4 Xerox 4200 DP Letter Xerox Premier 80gsm A4 8 1 3 Paper condition The paper used is fresh paper immediately after unpacked which has been left in the operating en
16. 125 2 0 Outp t Test 6 ARE etu da Ta RO da 127 2 7 Operation of EEPROMi reti siut aa ei ique E AN RN REX doi 130 2 8 flFmWwale t tet eed rob b ee t e ndm tens 139 Chapter Removal and Replacement Procedures 141 1 Removal and Replacement 143 1 1 Before starting service WOTK ivuusssssmss 143 1 2 Description of procedures 22 d tette Paire o Hte alt acta o kk 144 COVERS sii A RO Fade ean ARA 146 RRP1 1 CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA 1 1 1 nennen enne nennen 146 1 2 COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD BET 1 2 di teeth gie rien a RR 148 RRP LS FAN FUSER BE1 1 7 rete dete reed te e HA nenne 150 RRP1 4 COVER TOP MAIN 1 1 9 nennen 152 RRP1 5 COVER ASSY TOP PHD PE1 1510 5 nm m debba btt Reales 154 RRP 16 COVER REAR PE1 1 20 iti ode t o m n d ba e RO t do bee d egeta 156 RRP1 7 LINK PIET21 23 oorr e ar IE LI 158 RRP1 8 EINICRABET 1 23 tre Ele ert MU al iq lau dati pedo hes dies 160 RRP1 9 COVER SIDE R 1 1 24 162 RRP1 10 COVER ASSY FRONT IN 1 1 25
17. 2 Remove the CONTROLLER BOARD RRP12 3 3 Remove the CHUTE ASSY REGI RRP9 3 4 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN 1 4 5 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 6 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 7 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 9 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 0 1 n 1 16 17 18 1 21 Remove the COVER MCU from the ASSY MCU ESS 22 Remove the all connectors on the PWBA MCU HBN from the BOX ASSY MCU ESS 23 Remove 6 screws securing the PWBA MCU HBN to the BOX ASSY MCU ESS 24 Remove the PWBA MCU HBN from the BOX ASSY MCU ESS Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal If the replacement PWBA MCU HBN has been previously used in another printer the Slave data must be initialized Refer to 2 7 9 Initialize Slave Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 1 Restore the Life Adjustment Data Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 2 7 6 3 343 RRP12 2 PL12 1 2 gt FAN REAR LEFT engine rrp0114FB Figure FAN REAR Removal 3 344 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 N DO O N 10 Remove the connector P J166 on the LVPS from the right side surface of the printer 0 1 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP
18. 139 P1361 5158 45011 be A P210 i 021 va A 2144 D 141 P2361 J140 v l P2362 N E A engine partslistM 001 5FE Chapter 5 Parts List PL 13 1 Harness List Item Parts name 1 HARNESS ASSY 3 165 61 865962K14790 2 HARNESS ASSY DRV 1 11 41 865162K69720 3 HARNESS ASSY DRV 2 12 42 865962K14810 4 HARNESS ASSY 1 164 0311 865162K69740 5 HARNESS ASSY 15 151 865962K14820 6 HARNESS ASSY 24 60 7163 865162K69760 7 HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A J13 P139 P1361 P1381 J5011 865162K69770 8 HARNESS ASSY 121 210 865162K69781 9 HARNESS ASSY AS J22 P221 865162K69790 10 HARNESS ASSY EEPROM J140 P71 J144 P 141 865162K69810 11 12 HARNESS ASSY TMPNCS J24 J2361 P2362 865962K14830 13 HARNESS ASSY 34 411 865962 14800 14 HARNESS ASSY MDASNSI 865962 14840 99 KIT PEPACKIOT 865604K02930 5 401 5 402 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1 Printing Pro
19. 2 000 et 865802 22810 CHUTE ASSY TURN 51 865054K18000 COVER GST SLIDE ia MSN is 865802E50440 A A d ore 865014E42121 1 Periodical Replacement Parts 5 377 PL 3 2 Paper Feeder II Illustration P2361 S engine partslisto004FD 5 378 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 3 2 Paper Feeder II List Parts name HARNESS ASSY 231 2361 865162K69650 SENSOR HUM TEMP L nananana 865130K61530 HARNESS ASSY 210 810 865162K69700 SWITCH ASSY SIZE eiecti 865110 11240 865017 96630 LEVER EOW 865011 10680 INDICATOR e rr ERR edat ete tede T Us 865123E91110 HOLDER SHAFT 865019E48400 GUIDE INDICATOR 220 000 2 0 0 0000 nananana 865032 16070 SPRING 444 865809 28300 SHAFT INDIGATOR ZH een 865006 71960 STOPPER CoMo denen 865003E56900 5 379 PL 3 3 Paper Feeder III Illustration 1 with 2 5 7 23 W 98 with 3X2pcs 99 with 8 11 15 and 19 147 engine partslistOOOSFC 5 380 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 3 3 Paper Feeder III List 99 Parts name PICKUP ASSY with 2 5 7 23
20. ea 284 RRP8 2 ROLL ASSY EXIT REFERENCE 2 286 RRP8 3 ACTUATOR EXIT 7 u ann dvd alba ln 288 RRPS8A4BTR PKG 72 PE8 1 712 2 ii t rt dea Re dr d elt e e reap EN 290 RRPS8 5S STRAP PE8 1 19 itr irr Utm Poet e ien 292 ISRP9 XAEROGRAPHICS men ne 294 ROS ASSY BE9 1 1 rnm ee el a dee ic das 294 RRPI2HSGA SSY BIAS PE9 1 4 tie tent d t a a EE E b PERDRE 296 RRP9S 3 CHUTE ASSY REGI PE9 1 6 2 mtt itcr ree tert het qe tat stevia lads ask eat 298 RRP9 4 SENSOR PHOTO REGI PL9 1 8 0 300 RRP9 5 ACTUATOR REGI PL9 1 9 intet nd en ann 302 RRP9 6 SENSOR PHOTO OHP SENSOR PL9 1 8 maan aka naa ka ana aa eene 304 RRP10 TORU ASSY oec imet ena re 308 RRP10 1 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT REFERENCE sse 308 RRP10 2 HOLDER ASSY TONER 0 0 nnne nnne 312 RRP10 3 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M PL10 1 2 314 RRP10 4 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C 10 1 3 sse eene 316 RRP10 5 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN 01 0 318 RRP10 6 ACTUATOR TCRU ASSY 110 1 6 320 RRP10 7 SENSOR NO TONER 110 1 5 322 10 8 PWBA EEPROM BET10 1 14 int i tnb det abd een e 324 10 9 5
21. jcnurereaiasey MSI Tun Ciun CLUTOH TURN MS MSI Feed Clutch SOLENOID FEED MSI Cassette Tum Clutch CLUTCH ASSY TURN Tray t checks that a Cassettet Feed Clutch SOLENOID FEED Tray Cassette Tum Clutch CLUTCH ASSY TURN Tray operation Cassette2 Feed Clutch SOLENOID FEED Tray Cassettes Tum Clutch CLUTCH ASSY TURN Cassettes Feed Clutch SOLENOID FEED Tray Charge DC voltage to PHD ASSY PKG E Developing bias AC voltage 05 PHD ASSY PKG Developing bias AC voltage Deve Bias DC Yellow Deve Bias DO Yelow Y PHD ASSY PKG E f lt Warning gt Developing bias DC voltage lt Caution gt Dave BESDE M Don t check for a PUB ASSY PKG high voltage a bias DC voltage output Deve Bias DC Cyan PHD ASSY PKG N TO bias DC voltage Clean1 DC voltage to IDT1 Cleaner PHD ASSY PKG Clean DC voltage to IDT2 Cleaner PHD ASSY PKG DC voltage to PHD ASSY PKG Minus lt Warning gt ME n DC voltage to IDT2 m PHD ASSY PKG DC voltage to output BTR Assy Minus DC voltage to Detack Saw Magenta 2 129 2 7 Operation of EEPROM Click the EEPROM button and the screen will appear where NV Data tab is selected From this screen the dialog related to the NVM Non Volatile Memory is executed an Wersion 1 00 10 x a Service Commander lave Life Holder Toner Assy Direc
22. Save as type Lite Adjustment Data file nsd Cancel Open as read only 2 2 Enter the name in the File Name field where the read NVM data are written Warning will be displayed if the file of the same file name already exists 3 Click the Save button 2 133 2 7 6 Write Life Adjustment Data After the PWBA MCU HBN was replaced the NVM data read from the PWB before replacement and saved in the text file are written to new PWB For this purpose the text file created in 2 7 5 Save Life Adjustment Data is used NSD extension Steps 1 Click the Write Life Adjustment Data button and the following screen will appear Look in SR temp Ej al c 2 testlife nsd Files of type Life Adjustment Data file nsd Cancel Open as read only 2 2 Enter the file name of the text file created in 2 7 5 Save Life Adjustment Data where the NVM data to be written are saved in the File Name field 3 Click the Open button 4 Upon completion of writing the message is displayed Successful termination completed Unsuccessful termination Write in operation of a nenvolatile memory was not completed normally Reference The contents of text file are written to the NVM sequentially but if there is an address where data can t be written the operation is terminated unsuccessfully and the subse quent file data are not written You can confirm where
23. Y Refresher Y e RTC M Refresher C Refresher C Refresher IDT 1 2 IDT 2 IDT 1 cleaner 2 IDT 2 Cleaner CHUTE REGI ASSY Regi Clutch The CHUTE REGI ASSY is composed of the Regi Clutch Regi Roll and Metal Roll Drive from the MAIN DRIVE ASSY is transmitted to the Regi Roll through the Regi Clutch Feeds paper from the tray MSI and duplex path in the PHD ASSY PKG direction When the paper tip reaches the CHUTE REGI ASSY the CHUTE REGI ASSYhas the paper make a loop until the Regi Roll starts rotating and correct the skew feeding the paper in inclined condition of the tip of the paper SENSOR PHOTO Regi Sensor Detects that the paper tip has reached the CHUTE REGI ASSY Paper present Beam is received KIT SNR OHP OHP Sensor As plain paper scatters the radiated light the OHP Sensor can capture the reflected light to detect the paper The OHP paper scarcely scatters the radiated light and therefore the OHP Sensor cannot capture the reflected light Thus whether the paper fed from MSI is plain paper or OHP paper is judged Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 8 2 Reference diagram PHD ASSY PKG ROS ASSY KIT SNR OHP OHP Sensor SENSOR PHOTO Regi Sensor CHUTE REGI ASSY Regi Clutch engine principle0039FB 6 443 5 9 TCRU Assy 5 9 1 Major functions v 44 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 444 PWBA CRUM READER The PWB consists of each color t
24. 00 Installer Network Neighborhood 4 Hbn0 25 03 mot J balboa flash My Briefcase oahu File name Hbn0 25 03mot Files of type write Firmware Data file mot Cancel D 2 3 A firmware file to write in is chosen 4 Click the Open button and the following screen will appear Hibana Service Commander Yersion 1 00 025 03 mot c Seiect MOT me Write firmware Close 2 139 5 Click the Write firmware button and the following screen will appear and writing will be started Hibana Commander select TIE Write firmware 6 The message on a screen changes as follows Mode check Erasing MAIN memory area Writing to memory Rebooting printer Please wait At this time if the Stop button is clicked it can be interrupted 7 An end of writing reboots IOT Completion of communication displays the following screens Hibana Service Commander Version 1 00 25 03 4 2 140 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures 1 Removal and Replacement Procedures 1 1 Parts removal and replacement procedures described major 12 items which correspond to classification of parts list 1 COVERS RRP2 PAPER CASSETTE PAPER FEEDER 4 HOUSING ASSY RETARD na NOTE NOTE NOTE RRP5
25. 164 26 eiae ade ates o et ua 166 RRP1 12 TRAY ASSY BASE 1 1 28 168 RRP41 13 COVER ASSY FRONT BET 1 29 au i og i a oed idee ota 170 RRP1 14 COVER SIDE L 1 1 30 1 0 0 00 000 rss nnne 172 RRP2 PAPERCASSETTE EA att ST ROME ERE d bu Tad ma ca ex 174 RRP2 1 ROEE ASSY RETARD PE2 1 2 tei ei detenti b etis 174 RRP2 2 HOLDER RETARD PL2 V4 2 rennen nennen 176 RRP2 3 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT REFERENCE 2 178 RRPS PAPER FEEDER nn e lt ade tt 180 RRP3 1 CHUTE ASSY TURN PLI T2 180 RRP3 2 COVER 58 niti ds 182 RRP3 3 FEEDER ASSY UNIT REFERENCE 2 184 RRP3 4 HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L REFERENCE 2 0 00 186 RRP3 5 HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R REFERENCE 188 16 Table of Contents RRP3 6 SENSOR HUM TEMP 3 2 20 190 RRP3 7 HARNESS ASSY OPFREC 2 192 RRP3 8 SWITCH ASSY SIZE 1324 194 RRP3 9 LEVER LOW PAPER 2 7 i ee tee diner thie 196
26. HBN 704 H 6 Connects Holder Assembly MQ K No Toner Sensor PWBA DRV HBN 140 H 43 a N m 4 362 Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations PU pee 710 Plate Assembly Dispenser L CONN Assembly CRUM MC and Harness Assembly Connects Option Feeder and PWBA MCU HBN Front 1 Harness Assembly and Chute Assembly ADC Sensor 1361 B 32 Assembly 2361 Connects TMPNCS Harness Assembly and Sensor HUM Temp 4 363 1 2 P J layout diagram engine PJOO1FC 4 364 Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations DR EKIN TT 25 jn SERERE DUE 22 ar Seen gt D DA engine PJOO2FC 4 365 B C D E F G H J K L 5030 5011 35 engine PJOO3FD 4 366 Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations engine PJOO4FA 4 367 4 368 Chapter 5 Parts List Chapter 5 Parts List 1 Parts List 1 1 Caution for use of parts list The figures indicating the illustrations are the item No in the list and present correspondence between the illustrations and parts The notation of PL X Y Z is composed of the plate PL item X Y and parts Z The alphabet charact
27. e Replace Checking PAR ESS ASSY DRV2 for continuity Go to step 6 HARNESS ASSY Is 12 21 lt gt J42 10 continuous normally DRV2 2 Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 7 Replace PWBA Is P J51 31PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC p DRV HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuit Replace 2 Go to step 8 HARNESS ASSY Is J513 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNRA Checking TONER MOTOR Check if an error occurs though the TONER MOTOR was Go to step 9 End of work replaced with a new one Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA J11 33 lt gt J41 8 and if 11 34 lt gt J41 7 still faulty replace 11 35 lt gt J41 6 PWBA MCU 411 36 lt gt J41 5 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 76 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 34 Black Toner Near Empty Black Toner Low Ye no Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE 2 Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 10PIN lt gt P J51 11PIN less than 0 2VDC Replace Pnecking HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J704 lt gt J51 continuous
28. 3 237 RRP5 3 SENSOR TONER FULL PL5 1 13 SENSOR TONER FULL engine rrp0054FA Figure SENSOR TONER FULL Removal 3 238 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Release the latch at A from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the connector P J142 on the SENSOR TONER FULL from the CHUTE ASSY IN of the printer 4 Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the SENSOR TONER FULL to the CHUTE ASSY IN with mini screwdriver or the like 5 Remove the SENSOR TONER FULL from the CHUTE ASSY IN Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 239 RRP5 4 FUSER DRIVE ASSY 5 1 18 FRONT ASSY IN FUSER DRIVE ASSY engine rrp0055FA Figure FUSER DRIVE ASSY Removal 3 240 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 9 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 10 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 11 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 12 Remove the CHUTE ASSY OUT RRP6 1 13 Remove the CHUTE ASSY IN RRP5 1 14 Remove the LATCH R RRP5 5 15 Remove a
29. 1 Check timing When the power turned on or the front cover is opened and closed Printing 2 Output of Toner Empty Warning Output Toner Empty Warning based on the counter on the PKG TCRU 3 Output of Toner Empty Error Output Toner Empty Error when the SENSOR NO TONER properly detects TONER EMPTY 4 Reset of Toner Empty Warning Toner Empty Error When a new Toner Bottle is installed Toner Empty Error not being generated the machine executes Toner Dispense for 1 7 seconds to detect Toner If SENSOR NO TONER detects Toner Full on checking Toner Full Uncontrolled Execution Toner Empty Warning Toner Empty Error will be disabled However the Unit inside still recognizes Toner Empty at this stage The Unit recognizes Toner Full when the SENSOR NO TONER has detected Toner Full more than three times consecutively by executing Toner Dispense 5 Outputting Toner Tape not Removed Error When the new Toner Bottle is installed Toner Empty Error not being generated the machine executes Toner Dispense for 1 7 seconds to detect Toner If Toner Full is not detected Toner Dispense will be executed for 1 7 sec again 5 seconds later If Toner Full is not detected after executing Toner Dispense three times and if Toner Bottle Dispense Time shows 0 Tape not Removed Error will be output 6 457 7 8 Control 7 8 1 Fuser temperature control As for the fuser temperature control the ta
30. 7 470 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal Tine name TRAY1 SIZEO SWITCH ON L 3 3VDC detection signal of SWITCH ASSY SIZE upper SW TRAY1 SIZE1 SWITCH ON L 3 3VDC ON OFF detection signal of SWITCH ASSY SIZE middle SW TRAY1 SIZE2 SWITCH ON L 3 3VDC ON OFF detection signal of SWITCH ASSY SIZE lower SW TRAY1 NO PAPER Cassette paper detection signal by SENSOR PHOTO No Paper SENSED H 3 3VDC Sensor High no paper TRAY1 LOW PAPER Cassette residual paper detection signal by SENSOR PHOTO SENSED H 3 3VDC Low Paper Sensor High little paper Outline of SWITCH ASSY SIZE The paper size is determined by a combination of ON OFF statuses of the upper middle and lower switches of SWITCH ASSY SIZE En Switches 5 on OFF N N N N F FF FF FF 7 471 83 Drive section PWBA MCU PWBA DRV HBN HBN PL12 1 12 PL12 1 1 Interlock 24VDC DEVE DRIVE EUH cue E P J41 ASSY 1 5 Z 40 elsa PL11
31. 1 29 2 Level 1 FIP 2 1 Level 1 FIP The level 1 FIP is the first step for trouble diagnosis The level 1 FIP isolates the presence of various troubles including error codes and the level 2 FIP provides a guide for proceeding of the troubleshooting 2 2 Flow of Level 1 FIP Ask the operator about trouble status Is operator s operating method correct Y Is error code displayed Instruct how to operate Y Is trouble related to image quality Y Image quality Print in the mode where the trouble troubleshooting f occurred to check if error or jam occurs Y Level 2 Level 2 Other 1 30 3 2 3 1 Level 2 FIP Chapter 1 Troubleshooting The Level 2 FIP is the trouble diagnostic procedure to sort various troubles in addition to the error codes In the troubleshooting executing the steps given in the FIP or checking procedure allows you to find out a cause of trouble in a short time 3 2 Error Status Code List This error status cord list is based on the interface specifications Since the error status codes are represented by the printer controller on the printer display on the printer is different from the one shown below Error status code 51h C1h status 1 0 51h C1h status 1 1 51h C1h status 1 2 51h C1h status 1 3 51h C1h stat
32. Chapter 1 Troubleshooting P7 Background Condition initial check Background A The entire page or a part of paper is dirty too light gray with toner Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY BTR ASSY ROS ASSY PWBA MCU HBN S HVPS Check Rey Faulty PHD ASSY Is the image quality improved if PHD ASSY is replaced Replace Hie EH Faulty ROS ASSY EN Is the image quality improved if ROS ASSY is replaced Replace ARO ASST Faulty FUSER ASSY Check the HEAT ROLL and NIP BELT for evidence of Replace the FUSER ASSY damage dirt or foreign substances Faulty BTR ASSY Is the image guality improved if BTR ASSY is replaced Replace Faulty PWBA MCU HBN Is the image quality improved if PWBA MCU is Replace the PWBA MCU HBN replaced 1 105 P8 Skewed Image Condition initial check Print skewing Image is printed in skewed position Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V PAPER FEEDER CHUTE ASSY REGI CHUTE ASSY OUT BTR ASSY PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY ROS ASSY Set the paper and paper cassette Faulty paper setting normally Check if paper or paper cassette is set normally Ask customer for correc
33. Go to step 12 1 53 FIP 13 Duplex Jam Media Jam Duplex Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault With tool CHUTE ASSY EXIT replacing condition Replace the parts Go to step 2 DUP MOTOR replacing condition concerned Without tool SENSOR DUP JAM actuator replacing condition Go to step 3 CHUTE ASSY OUT replacing condition Checking SENSOR DUP JAM Does SENSOR JAM function normally Using SENSOR DUP JAM diagnostic tool check by Digital 99 10 step E Input Test Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT2 for signal Push the SENSOR DUP JAM actuator by finger Go to step 5 Go to step 4 15 J139 3PIN lt gt J139 2PIN OVDC E Replace Char HARNESS ASSY FRONT lasse RARNESS ASSY i FRONT2 m Replace Crece HARNESS ASSY FRONT JA ontui HARNESS ASSY 1 Checking SENSOR JAM Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR was replaced Go to step 7 End of work with a new one Checking DUP MOTOR for operation a Check if the sheet is reversed when printing 1 sheet in the Go to step 13 Without Duplex mode Go to step 9 Checking DUP MOTOR Does DUP MOTOR function normally Using DUP MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital Output Go to step 13 Go to step 9 In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 10 Replace PWBA Is P J50 1PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN a Replace Busch DI HARNESS ASSY DUP2
34. KONICA MINOLTA Er 0 43300 7447744 Manual 1750069 001B Trademarks KONICA MINOLTA and the KONICA MINOLTA logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of KONICA MINOLTA HOLDINGS INC magicolor is a trademark of registered trademark of KONICA MINOLTA PRINTING SOLUTIONS U S A INC Proprietary Statement The digitally encoded software included with your printer is Copyright O 2004 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC All Rights Reserved This software may not be reproduced modified displayed transferred or copied in any form or in any manner or on any media in whole or in part without the express written permission of KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC Copyright Notice Copyright O 2004 KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC Marunouchi Center Building 1 6 1 Marunouchi Chiyoda ku Tokyo 100 0005 Japan All Rights Reserved This document may not be copied in whole or part nor transferred to any other media or language without written permission of KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC Manual Notice KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC reserves the right to make changes to this manual and to the equipment described herein without notice Considerable effort has been made to ensure that this manual is free of inaccuracies and omissions However KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC makes no warranty of any kind including but not limited to any implied warranties of merchantability
35. RIGHT SIDE VIEW ARAINA ven 3 232 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Figure CHUTE ASSY IN Removal 1 CHUTE ASSY IN engine rrp0052FA Figure CHUTE ASSY IN Removal 2 Removal 1 Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the CHUTE ASSY OUT RRP6 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE RRP1 14 0 1 1 1 3 233 In the following steps lock the CHUTE ASSY to the printer with the latch at A to prevent the CHUTE ASSY IN from falling off 12 Remove the connector P J5030 and connector P J5020 on the S HVPS PL10 1 15 from the left side of the printer 13 Remove the connector P J141 connector P J1361 and connector P J138 from the connector bracket on the left side of the printer 14 Disconnect the connector P J3262 of the HARNESS ASSY FSR3 FSR32 PL5 1 9 from the left hand side of a printer 15 Shift the harness of the connectors removed above from the bottom portion of the HSG ASSY BIAS PL9 1 4 on the left side of the printer Remove the connector P J52 on the PWBA DRV HBN PL12 1 12 on the right side of the printer Remove the connector P J162 on the
36. RRP1 9 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 0 1 a Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 12 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y RRP10 2 13 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M RRP10 3 14 From the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT release the hook securing the toner discharging unit of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C on the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER L PL10 1 13 with a mini screwdriver 15 From the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER pull out the toner discharging unit on the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C rightward 16 Release the hook securing the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C to the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER In the following steps do not separate the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT and HOLDER ASSY TONER too far since they are connected by a harness 17 After sliding the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN rightward from the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT raise the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C slightly 18 Extract the motor connector P J513 from the right side surface of the HOLDER ASSY 19 Disconnect the connector P J703 of SENSOR NO TONER PL10 1 5 of HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C 20 Shift the harness from the hook at the bottom portion of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C
37. STD Removal 3 324 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 N DOO O N 0 1 1 1 Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD 1 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the connector P J144 on the PWBA EEPROM from the left side surface of the printer Remove 1 screw securing the PWBA EEPROM 12 Remove the PWBA EEPROM from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 325 RRP10 9 S HVPS PL10 1 15 LEFT engine rrp0106FA Figure S HVPS Removal 3 326 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the connector P J5011 on the S HVPS PL10 1 15 from the left side surface of the printer 11 Remove the connector P J5030 on the S HVPS 13 Remove 4 screws securing the
38. Toner splash Condition initial check Toners around image splash Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V BTR ASSY Change paper Check paper Use the recommended size and type of Are recommended size and type of paper used paper Check printer driver 2 Check the transfer condition for duplex printing Set the appropriate printing condition by Check the transfer condition specified by ESS ESS 1 110 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting P13 Entire image has bluish tinge Condition initial check Entire image has bluish tinge Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V ASSY Change paper Check paper Use the recommended size and type of Are recommended size and type of paper used paper Check printer driver 2 Check the transfer condition for duplex printing Set the appropriate printing condition by Check the transfer condition specified by ESS ESS 1 111 3 7 Other Other FIP covers the power supply trouble FIP except error code FIP and image quality FIP FIP AC Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Go to step 2 Power Cord disconnection or loose connection Improper power supply voltage on the customer side
39. 13 Remove the MOTOR ASSY DUP from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 283 ASSY amp FUSER RRP8 1 FUSER ASSY PL8 1 1 COVER ASSY TOP PHD FUSER ASSY gt E NIT Mes er 7 K ice engine rrp0080FB Figure FUSER ASSY Removal 3 284 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal FUSER is high temperature after operation Be careful when working it not to get burn TS ing 1 Release the latch at the part B from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 2 Open the COVER ASSY TOP PHD PL1 1 10 from the printer 3 Remove the FUSER ASSY by operating the FUSER ASSY Lever Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 285 RRP8 2 ROLL ASSY EXIT REFERENCE ONLY RIGHT CHUTE EXIT DUP engine rrp0081FA Figure ROLL ASSY EXIT Removal 1 CHUTE EXIT DUP BRG DECURLER NS ROLL ASSY EXIT GEAR EXIT engine rrp0082FA Figure ROLL ASSY EXIT Removal 2 engine rrp0083FA Figure ROLL ASSY EXIT Replacement 3 286 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal FUSER is high temperature after operation Be careful when working it not to get MTT IUCN SAME burning 1 Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Slide the CHUTE EXIT DUP REFERENCE ONLY rightward from the FUSER ASSY PL8 1 1 and alig
40. 14 15 18 19 2 22 3 lt gt 2 2 30 31 32 Y 37 43 1 43 H 43 H 42 H 43 18 17 Connects PWBA DRV HBN PWBA MCU HBN Connects PWBA DRV HBN and PWBA MCU HBN Connects PWBA DRV HBN Pick Up Assembly No Paper Sensor Low Paper Sensor Solenoid Feed Clutch Assembly Turn and Switch Assembly Size D 18 Connects PWBA DRV HBN and Main Drive Assembly D 17 Connects PWBA DRV HBN and DEVE Drive Assembly E 18 Connects PWBA DRV HBN Chute Assembly Exit Motor Assembly DUP and Cover Assembly Front Head Fan Fuser Connects PWBA HBN Holder TCRU Assembly No Toner Sensor Motor and PWBA CRUM Reader D 18 Connects PWBA HBN and Chute Assembly IN Fuser Drive Assembly E 17 Connects PWBA DRV HBN and LVPS STD Assembly E 17 Connects PWBA DRV HBN and LVPS STD Assembly B 32 Connects EEPROM Harness Assembly and Plate Assembly Dispenser L CONN Assembly CRUM MC B 7 Connects Chute Assembly Exit Motor Assembly DUP PWBA HBN 9 Chute Assembly Out Solenoid Feed MSI and Front 1 Harness Assembly Connects Chute Assembly Out JAM Sensor and Front 1A Harness Assembl Chute Assembly Out Full Stack Sensor and Front 1 Harness Assembl Chute Assembly Out MSI No Paper Sensor and Front 1 Harness Assembly Z OI O O o 3 5 N E 18 E 16 al N
41. 2 1 4 AS D A CLUTCH AS ss IR DEN FRICTION N HOLDER RETARD SPRING RETARD engine rrp0019FA Figure HOLDER RETARD Removal 1 engine rrp0020FA Figure HOLDER RETARD Removal 2 3 176 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the CASSETTE ASSY FRONT RRP2 3 3 Remove the ROLL ASSY RETARD RRP2 1 4 Pull out the CLUTCH ASSY FRICTION PL2 1 3 on the SHAFT RETARD from the CASSETTE 5 Release the hook of the SPRING RETARD 2 1 4 hitched to the bottom groove of the HOLDER RETARD from the CASSETTE 6 Release the hook at 1 position securing the top portion of the HOLDER RETARD from the CASSETTE and move the HOLDER RETARD leftward 7 Pull out the right end of the HOLDER RETARD slightly from the CASSETTE and extract the HOLDER RETARD and remove Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 177 RRP2 3 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT REFERENCE ONLY CASSETTE ASSY FRONT engine rrp0021FA Figure CASSETTE ASSY FRONT Removal 3 178 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Pull outthe CASSETTE from the printer 2 Release the bottom and top hooks securing the CASSETTE ASSY FRONT from the right side of the CASSETTE using a mini screwdriver or the like 3 Release the bottom and top hooks securing the CASSETTE ASSY FRONT from the left side of the CASS
42. Control of Paper Size ON OFF of Paper Size Switch of SWITCH ASSY SIZE and Diag Tool indication data are shown in the table below Paper Size Switches are indicated as SW1 SW2 SW3 from the above one Si Paper Size Switch Diag opor Sie sw Swz swa indication data LEAD E on on on o LETTER or or on os 7 2 7 3 Selective Control on Paper Pick up Unit When not controlled by the printer controller paper pick up unit selected at the time of turning ON are as follows The paper feeder by the paper tray under the printer is called Tray 1 and the first tray and the second tray in optional TRAY UNIT are called Tray 2 and Tray 3 respectively ROS Light Quantity Control The image data are entered to the laser diodes in the ROS ASSY as electric signals data are expressed with high and low voltage values and the laser diodes convert the image data from electric signals to optical signals data are expressed with blinking laser beams Variations in light quantity of laser beams or variations in optical system such as lenses or drum sensitivity cannot attain proper electrostatic image and accordingly the laser diodes monitor the light quantity of laser beams to control the light quantity so as to attain stable and proper electrostatic image The ROS in this printer has four laser diodes for yellow magenta cyan and black respectively and the light quantity is au
43. Does P J32 2PIN lt gt P J32 1PIN change from OVDC to MCU HBN 3 3VDC Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Replace SENSOR PWBA Is P J32 3PIN lt gt P J32 1PIN 5VDC OHP MCU HBN Go to step 5 1 48 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 10 Feed Jam Media Feed Jam Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Paper cassette replacing condition With tool Paper condition in cassette Replace the parts Go to step 2 Wear or damage of rolls and gears in FEEDER concerned Without tool Paper dust or foreign substances in paper path Go to step 3 SENSOR REGI replacing condition MAIN DRIVE ASSY replacing condition Checking SENSOR REGI Does the SENSOR REGI function normally Go to step 6 Go to step 3 Using diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Test Checking CLUTCH HARNESS for connection Go to step 4 Replace the parts Is it connected normally to the SENSOR REGI concerned Checking CLUTCH HARNESS for continuity Go to step 5 Replace CHUTE J181 lt gt J18 continuous normally Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Replace SENSOR Go to step 6 Is P J18 3 lt gt P J18 2 OVDC REGI With tool Checking MAIN DRIVE MOTOR for operation Go to step 16 Go to step 7 Does the MAIN DRIVE MOTOR run when printing 1 sheet MSI Without tool Go to step 28 Go to step 8 Checking MAIN DRIVE MOTOR Does the MAIN DRIVE MOTOR function normally Replace PWBA
44. Figure COVER ASSY FRONT IN Removal 1 My SN y DIESE W TOP VIEW LINK LEVER R y WWE COVER ASSY FRONT IN Figure COVER ASSY FRONT IN Removal 2 3 164 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Release the latch at A from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 together with the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 2 Remove 2 screws securing the COVER ASSY FRONT IN to the CHUTE ASSY IN 3 Release the latch at B from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY OUT In the following process do not separate the COVER ASSY FRONT IN and LINK R too far since they are connected 4 Pull out the COVER ASSY FRONT IN slightly from the CHUTE ASSY IN 5 Shift the boss at the end of the LINK R from the leaf spring at the back of the COVER ASSY FRONT IN and remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 165 RRP1 11 COVER MSI PL1 1 26 COVER MSI engine rrp0013FB Figure COVER MSI Removal 3 166 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Open the COVER MSI PL1 1 26 from the front of the printer 2 Deflecting the left side of the TRAY ASSY BASE PL1 1 28 inward from the long hole on the left side of the COVER MSI extract the boss of the TRAY ASSY BASE from the long hole 3 Extract the right side boss of the TRAY ASSY BASE from the right long hole of the COVER MSI 4 L
45. RRP5 6 LATCH PLS 7530 era ke nenne da 244 RRRB GHUTEASSTOLT EL LE erregen 246 RRP6 1 CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 iere er lan 246 RRP6 2 SENSOR PHOTO FULL STACK 16 1 40 250 RRP6 3 ACTUATOR FULL 6 1 5 4 tte ee ette retenta tende D mea Tea ed eb RR CR KR 252 RRP6 4 SENSOR PHOTO DUP 610 254 RRP6 5 SENSOR PHOTO MSI 6 14 256 RRP6 6 BRACKET ASSY ELIMINATOR 16 1 0 258 RRP6 ROLE DUP PEO T 12 eterne ettet tee eei a dete iria 260 RRP6 SACTUATOR DUP PL6 1 13 ote ie E ec dee erat ete e 262 RRP6 9 EATCH OUT PLE6 1 18 nieder e aec anna 264 RRP6 10 ROLL ASSY FEED 6 1 7 266 RRP6 11 ACTUATOR MSI PEG 1 97 it Det ctr E e oO ign PD E Ua STENA 268 RRP6 12 SOLENOID FEED MSI 6 1 40 270 RRP6 13 SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED REFERENCE 272 RRP6 14 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI 6 1 42 274 17 RREFEGHUTEASSTEX Paten tl Pami rele dd 276 RRPZA CHUTE ASSY EXIT A ica er an 276 RRP7 2 ROLL EXIT PE7 4 4 aa e cca ee UE a 278 RRP7 3 ROLL MID PLES ducati id 280 RRP7 4MOTOR ASSY DUP PL7 1 8 cous eese ende de 282 RRPSEBIRASST amp FUSER uite dba teniente 284 RRP8 1 FUSER ASSY PL8 151
46. Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 Release the hook at 1 position securing the GEAR ROLL to the left shaft of the ROLL EXIT from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT PL7 1 1 Remove the GEAR ROLL PL7 1 2 from the left shaft of the ROLL EXIT Extract the BEARING EARTH PL7 1 3 from the left shaft of the ROLL EXIT of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT Remove the E ring securing the right shaft of the ROLL EXIT to the CHUTE ASSY EXIT 10 Extract the BEARING PL7 1 7 from the right shaft of the ROLL EXIT 11 Raise the right shaft of the ROLL EXIT from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT and pull out the ROLL EXIT right upward Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 279 RRP7 3 ROLL MID PL7 1 5 ROLL MID CHUTE ASSY EXIT LEFT engine rrp0078FA Figure ROLL MID Removal 3 280 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal W N ZST N Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD 1 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 Release the hook at 1 position securing the GEAR ROLL PL7 1 2 to the left shaft of the ROLL MID from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT PL7 1 1 Remove the GEAR ROLL from the left shaft of the ROLL MID Extract the BEARING EARTH PL7 1 3 from the left shaft of the ROLL MID of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT
47. edge of the tool is pointed 11 When measuring the voltage set the ASSY FUSER ASSY BRT ASSY and paper tray close the FRONT COVER ASSY and power ON if not required specifically 12 Numerical values in the FIP are only for standard If numerical values are approximate they should be 1 28 considered permissible Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 13 Parts which are always removed to check as indicated in the FIP and procedures for that purpose are not specifically referred to here They should be handled carefully 14 Replacement in the FIP indicates replacement of parts which are considered to be the source of trouble to be checked after replacing those parts assemblies containing them or parts HIGH ASSY 15 In the FIP the paper pick up unit by means of the paper tray at the lower part of the printer is referred to as try 1 the first level of the paper pick up unit feeder unit as try 2 and the second level as the tray3 16 In the FIP existence and non existence of Diag tools maintenance tools are distinguished in some cases Correct troubles according to the instructions in the FIP 17 In the FIP procedures are differentiated depending on specifications Correct troubles according to the instructions in the FIP 18 For optional parts some troubleshooting procedure may follow the manual for those options of which you should take note Keep those manuals for the optional parts when required
48. reverse to that at the printing transfer is applied to the IDT1 IDT2 and BTR At this time the drum surface is charged negatively by negative voltage of the IDT1 The toner positive polarity remaining in the Refresher and RTC are move to the drum electrically by transforming the Refresher and HTC to OV Then in the same manner as in the printing transfer the residual toner is collected to the BTR surface by potential difference between IDT1 IDT2 and BTR Toner attached to the surface of BTR is scraper off with the BTR cleaner which is in contact with the BTR and collected into the collection space in the BTR UNIT ASSY ids E Negative electric charge O Toner Refresher D Refresher RTC Scraper engine principle0047FB 6 419 2 Flow of Print Data 2 1 Data Flow Print data electric signal from the printer controller flows as shown below to turn to the print image finally Printer controller electric signal PWBA MCU HBN electric signal ROS ASSY laser beams Electrostatic latent on drum invisible image Toner image on drum Toner image on intermediate transfer uni Toner image on intermediate transfer uni IDT2 Toner image on paper Print image on paper engine principle0023FB 6 420 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3 Drive Transmission Route 3 1 MAIN DRIVE ASSY Rotary power of the MAIN DRIVE
49. 1 1 Periodical Replacement Parts 5 387 PL 7 1 Chute Assy Exit Illustration W 99 with 12X3pcs 13X3pcs W 1 with 2 13 engine partslist0009FC 5 388 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 7 1 Chute Assy Exit List Parts name CHUTE ASSY EXIT with 2 13 865054K23260 GEAR ROLE t miis ren Refer to Item 1 BEARING BARTH ar a 865013E19270 ROLLIEXIT A een ttr eet ess 865059E96430 ROLE MID sissi mti m et re RED ie DM 865059E95770 CHUTE EXIT LOWER Refer to Item 1 BEARING then WE 865013E19281 MOTOR ASSY DUP tan 865127K36491 GEAR 42 i eet dique dose tici Refer to Item 1 GEAR 40 42 RR tere eda ie ted ens Refer to Item 1 GEAR 498 5 UR RAIN Mni Refer to Item 1 GROMMET EXIT SLEEVE KIT BUSH with 12X3pcs 13X3pcs 5 389 PL 8 1 Assy amp Fuser Illustration 7 1 with 7 and 8 N ie 8 Jaa 20 sf KI 45 HG lt M SS I CHUTE DUP engine 5115 001 OFB 5 390 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 8 1 BTR Assy amp Fuser List 99 99 Parts name FUSER ASSY with 7 and 8 110V 865 5080199 FUSER ASSY with 7 and 8 220V 2 865 5080199 ACTUATOR EXIT a 865120 20790 SPRING ACTUATOR aiies aaaeeeaa eaat ir 865809E34550 BT
50. 1 13 5 DEVE CW CCW L ao DEVE U DEVE CLOCK DEVE V 3 gt lt 38 Motor 2 XDEVE ENA Control DEVE W 4 gt 37 MI 3 DA DEVEMOT 5 5 PA DEVEMOT 36 Interlock MAIN DRIVE P J11 P J41 ASSY 54 34 Bias PL11 1 14 XMAIN ENA Ce A MAIN U MAIN F H MAIN V 9 32 Motor 2 MAIN CW CCW Control MAIN_W 10 C 31 E 3 DA MAINMOT 11 30 24VDC FUSER DRIVE P J11 P J41 ASSY 12 5 29 P J49 Prete 55 XFSR ENA FSR_U 14 DREH Moir FSR V FSR CW CCW Control FSR W 1512 DA_FSRMOT c 26 N 16 gt gt lt 25 Interlock 24VDG MOTOR ASSY 131 M 24 13 B3 24VD P J12 P J42 2 ET 5 2 5 gt LC 26 gt 4 3 DUP B DUP_B 6 X C 25 4 X 3 4 DUP TDA DUP XA 7 gt DUP THE lt 24 Motor 5 gt K 2 5 DA DUPVOT 25 MC TI az 29 DI 2 EAN FSR STOP RI 1 gt FAN FSR LOW 30 PASO FAN FSR ON H 24VDC EE 30 IS FAN 3 1 m 4 27 e 22 m 9 FUSER PL1 1 7 engine wire0004FB 7 472 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal Tine name DEVE CLOCK XDEVE ENA DEVE F H DEVE CW CCW DEVE DRIVE ASSY drive control signal DA DEVEMOT DEVE U DEVE V DEVE W DEVE DRIVE ASSY exciting signal MAIN CLOCK XMAIN ENA MAIN F H MAIN CW CCW MAIN DRIVE ASSY drive control signal DA MAINMOT MAIN U MAIN V MAIN W MA
51. 156 COVER SIDE L removal 172 COVER SIDE R removal 162 COVER TOP MAIN removal 152 CRUM ID Error 47 Cyan Toner Cartridge Missing 42 Cyan Toner Empty 87 Cyan Toner Low 66 D Detack Saw 416 DEVE DRIVE ASSY 446 DEVE DRIVE ASSY removal 336 Developer Section Wiring 476 Developing Bias 410 Development 410 Agitator 410 Magnet Roll 410 Development Drive Transmission 422 DIAG PWB 119 Diagnostic Functions 122 Diagnostic Interface 119 1 513 Diagnostics 117 Configuration 119 130 Functions 122 Hibana Service Commander 119 Holder Toner Assy 138 Initial Screen 121 Initialize Slave 136 Input Tests 125 Installation 120 Life Counters 137 Log Files 122 Operation 121 Output Tests 127 Read Slave 136 Save Life Adjustment Data 133 Save NVM Data 131 Slave 135 Software 119 Test Print Pattern 118 Text File 131 Write Life Adjustment Data 134 Write NVM Data 132 Dimensions Mass of Consumables 497 Dimensions Mass of Printer 497 Direct Read Write EEPROM 130 Drive Section Wiring 472 DEVE DRIVE ASSY 473 FUSER DRIVE 474 MAIN DRIVE ASSY 473 MOTOR ASSY DUP 474 Drive Transmission 421 Driver Board 448 Drum 407 Dup Jam Sensor 436 Duplex Jam 54 E Electrical CONTROLLER BOARD 448 FAN REAR 448 HARNESS ASSY AC SW 448 LVPS 448 PWBA HNB DRV 448 Electrical Function 448 Electrical Specifications 496 End Guide 428 Engine Test Print 117 ENV Sensor Error 63 Environment Sensor 430 Environment Specifications 508 Executing output
52. 2 inch x length 347 6mm 13 7 inch EN 227 2 o eed printing area 4mm 22 355 6 355 6 MSI run 500 sheet universal cassette run engine spec0011FA 8 504 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 4 14 Input Properties 4 14 1 Paper pick up system Paper pick up with paper tray Feeding method of this printer is ARRF method MSI paper pick up The MSI Multi Sheet Inserter is equipped as standard Selection of MSI is designated from the controller Duplex paper feeder unit This unit is equipped as standard to enable the printing on duplex of paper Selection of Duplex Feeder Unit is designated from the controller 4 14 2 Paper pick up capacity Paper pick up with paper tray 500 sheets or below 56mm of standard paper MSI paper pick up 100 sheets or below 10mm of standard paper 4 15 Output Properties 4 15 1 Paper delivery system Paper can be delivered by the following method FACE DOWN delivery 4 15 2 Paper delivery capacity FACE DOWN delivery 250 sheets Letter A4 standard paper 4 15 3 Delivery paper size mass FACE DOWN delivery All paper sizes applicable to this printer 4 15 4 Full stack detection Height of paper to be fed Detect when the height reached about 36mm 8 505 4 16 4 16 1 Paper type Paper which can be used with this printer is classified into standard paper general paper and special paper Standard paper Using this type of paper is r
53. 27PIN lt gt P J42 14PIN 3 3VDC Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Replace Print 1 sheet HARNESS ASSY Is P J12 4PIN lt gt P J12 17PIN 3 3VDC DRV2 2 Replace PWBA MCU HBN 1 61 FIP 19 Low Density Error Call for Service Low Density Initial check Check the following for damage Transfer Unit BTR condition Replace the parts SENSOR ADC ASSY condition concerned Imaging Unit PHD condition Residual toner Check HARNESS ASSY ADC for connection Replace the Is the HARNESS ASSY ADC connected to the SENSOR Go to step 3 ju kay ADC ASSY normally Replace Check HARNESS ASSY ADC for continuity J136 lt gt J1361 check continuous Gotosiep 4 A ASSY Go to step 2 check HARNESBAGSYRONTIMTremiy coon HARNESS ASSY FRONT1A Check Transfer Unit BTR Replace new Transfer Unit BTR and check if an error Go to step 6 End of work occurs Check Imaging Unit PHD Replace new Imaging Unit PHD and check if an error Go to step 7 End of work occurs Check SENSOR ADC ASSY Imaging Unit PHD Replace WE Replace new SENSOR ADC ASSY and check if an error HNB MCU occurs 1 62 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 20 Firmware Error Call for Service Firmware Error R Be eee M Yes mw 1 Does the error still happen even after powering Off On Go to step 2 End of work was done 2 Check whether the value of NVM is correct Replace PWBA Correct the value
54. 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Before removing the COVER TOP MAIN remove the cartridge in advance to avoid the interference of it Remove the COVER TOP PL1 1 8 from the printer 2 Release the latch at B from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 3 Open the COVER ASSY TOP PHD PL1 1 10 from the printer 4 Remove 2 screws securing the COVER TOP MAIN PL 1 1 9 to the printer 5 Release the hooks at 4 positions securing the rear of the COVER TOP MAIN to the printer 6 Raise the COVER TOP MAIN slightly from the printer and extract the left front edge of the COVER TOP MAIN deflecting it leftward 7 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 153 RRP1 5 COVER ASSY PHD PL1 1 10 COVER ASSY TOP PHD STUD TOP HINGE Figure COVER ASSY TOP PHD Removal 3 154 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 2 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 6 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 7 Open the COVER ASSY TOP PHD from the printer 8 Extract the right and left STUD TOP PL1 1 21 securing the COVER ASSY TOP PHD from the printer 9 Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the
55. 4 HARNESS ASSY FSR3 Replace Replace PWBA MCU HBN HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A Go to step 2 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 8 CRUM ID Error PHD Invalid ID Imaging Unit Check Ys No Check the following for evidence of fault PHD ASSY replacing condition PWBA CRUM in PHD ASSY replacing condition Checking PWBA CRUM for connection Replace 2 Is PWBA CRUM connector connected to the harness Go to step 3 HARNESS ASSY connector normally CRUM Replace the parts concerned Step 2 OR Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY CRUM for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY J170 lt gt J71 continuous normally CRUM 0 Charing HARNESS ASSY EEPROM rend Josep HARNESS ASSY Checking PHD ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace new PHD ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN 1 47 FIP 9 Media Mismatch Media Mismatch Initial setting With tool Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 SENSOR replacing condition concerned Without tool CHUTE ASSY REGI replacing condition Go to step 3 Checking SENSOR OHP 2 Does SENSOR function normally Go to step 3 Using diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Test Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Is P J32 2PIN lt gt P J32 1PIN Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Make the paper approach to the SENSOR Replace PWBA
56. ASSY 57h C7h 0 Shutdown Y Toner Tape Staying Reinstall Y TC and Pull out Tape Remove Seal 1 37 Error status code Diag Error Message Display Error Mes Method of clear sage 57h C7h 1 Shutdown M Toner Tape Staying Reinstall M TC and Pull out Tape Remove Seal 57h C7h 2 Shutdown C Toner Tape Staying Reinstall C TC and Pull out Tape Remove Seal 57h C7h 3 Shutdown K Toner Tape Staying Reinstall K TC and Pull out Tape Remove Seal 57h C7h 6 CTD Sensor Dustiness ADC Sensor Dustiness Open and close the front cover after cleaning the sensor Error 57h C7h 7 Shutdown Front Cover Front Cover Open Close the front cover 5h C8h 0 Yellow Toner Near Empty Yellow Toner Low Toner cartridge replacement 58h Magenta Toner Near Empty Magenta Toner Toner cartridge replacement Low 58 8 2 Cyan Toner Low Toner cartridge replacement 58h Cn Black Toner Near Empty Black Toner Low Toner cartridge replacement 58h Cah PHD Life Warning Imaging Unit Life Low PHD ASSY replacement 58h BTR Life Warning Transfer Unit Life Low BTR ASSY replacement 58h Cans Fuser Life Warning Fuser Life Low Replace the FUSER ASSY and clear the counter sah Cah CTD Sensor Dustiness ADC Sensor Dustiness Clean the sensor and open and close the front cover Error 59h C9h 0 Paper Near Empty Replenish the paper 1 38 Chapter 1 Troubles
57. ASSY 15 transmitted through the route below MAIN DRIVE ASSY GEAR IDLER Regi Clutch CLUTCH ASSY TURN GEAR IDLER ROLL ASSY TURN GEAR IDLER FEED CHUTE REGI ADET GEAR FEED Hf GEAR FEED ROLL ASSY FEED PICK UP ASSY N A v CLUTCH TURN GEAR MSI Regi Roll v ROLL TURN ROLL ASSY FEED N HOUSING ASSY RETARD N CHUTE ASSY OUT PHD ASSY PKG Y BTR Assy engine principle0024FB 6 421 3 2 DEVE DRIVE ASSY The rotary power of the DEVE DRIVE ASSY drives the developers of 4 colors in the PHD ASSY PKG DEVE DRIVE ASSY Developer Developer K PHD ASSY PKG engine principle0025FA 3 3 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y K Rotary power of the toner motor in the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN drives the agitator in the PKG TCRU to supply toner from the PKG TCRU to HOLDER ASSY TONER auger in the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN to supply toner to developer in the PHD ASSY PKG Four HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y K operate respectively in the same way N Agitator HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN PKG TCRU 6 422 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3 4 FUSER DRIVE ASSY Rotary power of the FUSER DRIVE ASSY drives the FUSER ASSY
58. BTR Assy Control 456 BTR cleaner 419 BTR Life 456 BTR PKG 72 440 BTR UNIT ASSY removal 290 for Service ID Error 47 CASSETTE ASSY FRONT removal 178 Cassette Section Wiring 470 SWITCH ASSY SIZE 471 Cautions x Cautions for Service Operations 27 Charging 407 Chute Assy Exit MOTOR ASSY DUP 438 ROLL EXIT 438 ROLL MID 438 Chute Assy Exit Function 438 CHUTE ASSY EXIT removal 276 CHUTE ASSY IN removal 232 Chute Assy Out ROLL ASSY FEED 436 ROLL DUP 436 SENSOR PHOTO Dup Jam Sensor 436 SENSOR PHOTO Full Stack Sensor 436 Index SENSOR PHOTO MSI No Paper Sensor 436 SOLENOID FEED MSI 436 Chute Assy Out Function 436 CHUTE ASSY OUT removal 246 CHUTE ASSY removal 298 CHUTE ASSY TURN removal 180 Cleaning general 418 Cleaning IDT 1 414 Cleaning IDT 2 416 CLUTCH ASSY TURN 430 CLUTCH ASSY TURN removal 216 CLUTCH TURN removal 228 Color Registration Control 455 Commander Diagnostics 119 Communication log files 122 Configuration of Printer 495 Configuring Diagnostics 119 Connectors FIPs 28 CONSOLE PANEL removal 146 Consumable Life 507 Consumables Specifications 507 Control of Paper Size 451 Controller 448 CONTROLLER BOARD removal 346 Controller Section Wiring 490 Cool down 458 Copyright Notice ii COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD removal 148 COVER ASSY FRONT IN removal 164 COVER ASSY FRONT removal 170 COVER ASSY TOP PHD removal 154 COVER CASSETTE REAR removal 182 COVER MSI removal 166 COVER REAR removal
59. COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 4 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 5 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 6 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 8 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 11 Remove the STRAP RRP8 6 In the following step lock the CHUTE ASSY OUT and CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 to the printer with the latches at A and B for drop off 12 13 14 15 Remove the connector P J221 from the connector bracket on the left side surface of the printer Remove the connector P J139 from the connector bracket on the left side surface of the printer Remove 1 screw which is fixing the earth from the left hand side of printer Shift the harness of the connector removed above from the bottom portion of the HSG ASSY BIAS PL9 1 4 on the left side surface of the printer 16 Remove the connector P J50 on the PWBA DRV HBN PL12 1 12 on the right side surface of the printer 17 Remove the harness P J50 of HARNESS ASSY DUP2 PL6 1 23 from the clamp on MAIN DRIVE ASSY PL11 1 14 18 Remove the RING E PL8 1 14 on the right and left SHAFT PIVOT PL8 1 15 securing the bottom portion of the CHUTE ASSY OUT from the printer In the following steps take care not to hurt your hand with burrs of the PLATE ASSY p BOTTOM MSI PL6 1 42 19 Pull out the left SHAFT PIVOT fro
60. Checking SOLENOID FEED for resistance value Replace 26 Remove the SOLENOID connector J474 Go to step 27 Is J474 1PIN lt gt J474 2P IN less than 1000 ien li Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Replace PWBA HARNESSASSY e ja j 2 Is J12 10PIN lt gt J42 21PIN continuous normally MCU HBN DRV2 Checking CLUTCH ASSY TURN MSI for operation a E Does the TURN ROLL in the MSI run when printing 1 Go to step 31 Without a 9 Go to step 30 Check the spring and stopper of SOLENOID FEED for disengagement Go to step 24 27 1 50 Checking CLUTCH ASSY TURN MSI Does the CLUTCH ASSY TURN MSI function normally Using CLUTCH ASSY TURN MSI diagnostic tool check by Digital Output Test In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking CLUTCH ASSY MSI TURN for resistance value Remove the CLUTCH connector J19 Is J19 1PIN lt gt J19 2PIN less than 2000 Checking SOLENOID FEED MSI for operation Does the Feed Gear in the MSI run when printing 1 sheet Checking SOLENOID FEED MSI Does the SOLENOID FEED TURN MSI function normally Using SOLENOID FEED TURN MIS diagnostic tool check by Digital Output Test In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance value Remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI J132 Is J132 1PIN lt gt J132 2PIN less than 1000 Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT2 for continuity Check the following for continuity P132 1PIN lt gt J
61. DRV HBN and HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and PWBA DRV HBN Toner Motor Y Toner Motor M Toner Motor C Toner Motor K I 7 463 86 87 88 89 810 8 11 7 464 Fuser section Connection between LVPS and FUSER ASSY Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and FUSER ASSY Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and PWBA DRV HBN Connection between LVPS and HARNESS ASSY SW Connection between LVPS and PWBA DRV HBN Connection between FUSER ASSY and PWBA EEPROM ROS section Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and ROS ASSY Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and PWBA EEPROM Connection between PWBA MCU HBN PLATE ASSY DISPENSER HBN and PHD ASSY PKG CRUM Xerographics section 1 Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and SENSOR TONER FULL Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and SENSOR HUM TEMP Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and SENSOR ADC ASSY Xerographics section 2 Connection between PWBA MCU HBN S HVPS PHD ASSY PKG and BTR PKG 72 Paper feed section Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and SENSOR PHOTO Dup Jam Sensor Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and SENSOR PHOTO Full Stack Sensor Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and SENSOR PHOTO MSI No Paper Sensor Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and SOLENOID FEED MSI Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and SENSOR PHOTO Regi Sensor Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and CHUTE REGI ASSY Regi Clutch Connection b
62. FUSER DRIVE ASSY Heat Roll Gear Exit Roll Assy Exit FUSER ASSY 3 5 MOTOR ASSY DUP Rotary power of the MOTOR ASSY DUP is transmitted through the route below MOTOR ASSY DUP rd v 48 GEAR 48 v GEAR 40 42 GEAR 40 42 v GEAR ROLL GEAR ROLL GEAR42 ROLL EXIT ROLL MID CHUTE ASSY EXIT 3 GEAR 30 v ROLL DUP CHUTE ASSY OUT 6 423 3 6 GEAR LAYOUT PHD ASSY PKG CHUTE ASSY OUT BTR Assy Regi Clutch CHUTE REGI ASSY MAIN DRIVE ASSY 21 CLUTCH ASSY TURN GEAR IDLER FEED GEAR MSI HOUSING ASSY RETARD CLUTCH TURN GEAR FEED1 GEAR IDLER IN GEAR IDLER GEAR FEED H1 PICK UP ASSY engine principle0029FA MOTOR ASSY DUP GEAR ROLL GEAR ROLL GEAR 40 42 GEAR 48 CHUTE ASSY EXIT GEAR 30 CHUTE ASSY OUT engine principle0043FA 6 424 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 4 Paper Transport 4 1 Paper Transport Route without option Paper feed from paper tray Tray 1 Paper feed from MSI Paper feed by ROLL ASSY FEED Paper feed by ROLL ASSY FEED MSI PICK UP ASSY and ROLL ASSY RETARD Paper feed by ROLL ASSY Paper Cassette in cassette and ROLL ASSY PICK UP ASSY in feeder Paper transfer by ROLL ASSY TURN and CHUTE ASSY TURN Paper transfer b
63. Go to step 8 Using diagnostic tool check by Digital Output Test MCU HBN In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J50 1PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC Go iostep 12 Goto step et Checking INTERLOCK SW Replace the parts Is the INTERLOCK SW pressed normally eo Ger RN Checking INTERLOCK SW for signal Check the following if 24VDC is present Replace PWBA Go to step 11 SW 1PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN DRV HBN SW 2PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 11 Checking PWBA HBN for power supply Replace PWBA Go to FIP DC Is P J60 1PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Checking PWBA DRV HBN for power supply Is P J61 8PIN lt gt P J61 7PIN 5VDC Checking PWBA HBN for power supply Is P J61 6PIN lt gt P J61 5PIN 3 3VDC STEER NON SEP 7 Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY LVNC3 for continuity Go to FIP DC HARNESS ASSY Is J61 lt gt J165 continuous normally LVNC3 Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace J41 30PIN lt gt J11 11PIN 4 HARNESS ASSY J41 31PIN lt gt J11 10PIN DRV1 J41 33PIN lt gt J11 8PIN 0 _ 1 49 With tool Go to step 17 Without tool Go to step 18 Checking CLUTCH ASSY TURN for operation 6 Does the Turn Roll in the Feeder run when printing 1 sheet Go to step 22 Checking CLUTCH ASSY TURN Does the CLUTCH ASSY TURN function normally Check the CLUTH 1 Using CLUTCH ASSY TURN di
64. HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C removal 316 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K removal 318 HOLDER ASSY TONER removal 314 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y removal 312 HOLDER RETARD removal 176 HOLDER TCRU ASSY UNIT removal 308 Holder Toner Assy 138 HOUSING ASSY CONTACT removal 356 HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L removal 186 HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R removal 188 Housing Assy Retard Index MSI Turn Clutch 432 ROLL TURN 432 Housing Assy Retard Function 432 HOUSING ASSY RETARD removal 222 HSG ASSY BIAS removal 296 Humidity Sensor 430 IDT 1 412 IDT 2 414 Image Trouble FIP 96 97 Imaging Unit 406 Imaging Unit Missing 44 INDICATOR removal 198 Initialize Slave 136 Input Test 125 Installation Altitude 508 Installation Horizontality 508 Installation Space 499 Installation Temperature Humidity 508 Installing Diagnostics 120 Interlock Switch 448 L Laser Unit 408 LATCH L removal 244 LATCH OUT removal 264 LATCH R removal 242 LED Light Quantity Control 454 Level 1 FIP 30 Level 2 FIP 31 LEVER DRUM L removal 330 LEVER DRUM removal 332 LEVER LOW PAPER removal 196 Life Counters 137 LINK ACTUATOR removal 212 LINK L removal 158 LINK R removal 160 List of Plug Jacks 361 Low Paper Sensor 430 LOW PAPER sensor removal 208 LVPS 448 LVPS overcurrent protection circuit 469 LVPS overvoltage protection circuit 469 LVPS removal 348 Magenta Toner Cartridge Missing 41 Magenta Toner Empty 86 Magenta Toner Low 65 Magnet Roller 410 MAIN DRIVE ASSY 446
65. Is continuity proper between J145 lt gt J232 P HARNESS ASSY Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY EEPROM J140 P71 J144 P141 Go to Step 5 Is continuity proper between J144 lt gt J140 HARNESS ASSY 5 Check Fuser Assy Replace HBN End of work Has Error occurred after installing the new Fuser Assy MCU WITH CPU 1 94 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 52 Error TC Y TC M TC C TC K Call for Service Invalid ID Y M C K TC R w Check the following for failure Installation of Toner Cartridge Reinstall the Color of Toner Cartridge appropriate part Installation of PWB CRUM READER Go to Step 2 Check connection of PWB CRUM READER 2 Isthe PWB READER Connector properly connected Go to Step 3 HARNESS ASSY to the Harness Connector 3 Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY RFID2 1341 3411 Go to Step 4 Replace Is continuity proper between J341 J3411 P HARNESS ASSY 4 Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY RFID J34 3411 Go to Step 5 Replace Is continuity proper between P3411 gt J34 P HARNESS ASSY 5 Check Toner Cartridge Replace HBN End of work Has Error occurred after installing the new Toner Cartridge MCU WITH CPU 1 95 FIP 53 Y M C K Toner Tape Staying Reinstall Y M C K Remove Seal EN q m Check Toner Tape for staying out Toner EN Has Toner Tape been pulled out Tape Go to Step 2 Go to the FIP below Reinstalling
66. J167 P J23 2 3 3VDC gt lt 1 i REMOTE 2 P J162 4 gt 3 gt 11 gt P J161 4 2 HARNESS ASSY SW PL12 1 11 engine wire0002FB 7 468 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal Tine name FAN LOW FANSTOP FAN REAR drive control signals REAR FAIL H 3 3VDC FAN REAR fail detection signal High Fail Low Normal FAN REAR ON H FAN REAR ON OFF control signal LVPS overcurrent protection circuit This circuit stops all outputs if the power supply voltage 24VDC 5VDC or 3 3VDC is shorted The circuit is reset when after the cause of short was removed the power is turned off and then on again after certain time LVPS overvoltage protection circuit This circuit stops all outputs if the power supply voltage 24VDC 5VDC or 3 3VDC exceeds the specified voltage respectively At this time the operating point is 32VDC or less for 24VDC 7VDC or less for 5VDC or 6V or less for 3 3VDC The circuit is reset when the power is turned off and then on again after certain time FAN output circuit For the FAN REAR ON H signal the output voltage varies depending on the status of FAN LOW signal and FAN STOP signal EAN LOW FAN STOF FAN REAR ON H Hg O Hm A ne vr Output stop by I L Switch Turning off the I L Switch mounted on PWBA DRV HBN causes the I L 24VDC circuit to be shut off Consequently 24VDC supply
67. MAIN DRIVE ASSY removal 338 Main Drive Transmission 421 Major Component Functions 427 BTR Assy amp Fuser 440 Chute Assy Exit 438 Chute Assy Out 436 1 515 Electrical 448 Frame 8 Drive 446 Front Assy In 434 Housing Assy Retard 432 Paper Cassette 428 Paper Feeder 430 TCRU Assy 444 Xerographics 442 MCU removal 342 Mechanical Drive 421 Mechanical Specifications 497 Media Jam Duplex 54 Media Jam Feed 49 Media Jam Registration 52 Media Type Mismatch 48 MOTOR ASSY DUP 438 MOTOR ASSY DUP removal 282 MSI No Paper Sensor 436 MSI Turn Clutch 432 N No Paper Sensor 430 NO PAPER sensor removal 206 NVRAM Error 58 O OHP SENSOR ASSY 442 OHP SENSOR ASSY removal 304 OPC 407 Operation of Diagnostics 115 121 Operation of EEPROM 130 Option Specifications 510 Output Bin Full 84 Output stop by I L Switch 469 Output Test Types 128 Output Tests 127 Paper Cassette Function 428 Paper Feed Section Wiring 488 Paper Feeder CLUTCH ASSY TURN 430 ROLL ASSY FEED 430 ROLL ASSY TURN 430 SENSOR HUM TEMP 430 SENSOR PHOTO Low Paper Sensor 430 SENSOR PHOTO No Paper Sensor 430 SOLENOID FEED 430 SWITCH ASSY SIZE 430 Paper Feeder Function 430 Paper Size Control 451 471 Paper specifications 506 Paper Transport 425 Parts List 369 BTR Assy amp Fuser 390 Chute Assy Exit 388 Chute Assy In 384 Chute Assy Out 386 1 516 Electrical 398 Frame 8 Drive 396 Harness 400 Housing Assy Retard 382 Paper Cassette 374 Paper Feeder
68. Measurement environment is at 22 C 55 RH rated voltage 1 Process controller operation is process controls such as TC control electric potential control cleaning cycle registration control and so on Sometimes the engine stops feeding papers for a certain period of time while continuous printing for these operations 2 The print may not start for a certain time after receiving the start command due to prior job running conditions FPOT sec Process speed In Simplex mode In Duplex mode ROS RDY ton ROS OFF tog ROS RDY ton ROS OFF tog FPOT of paper fed from trays other than is added following values to above ROS RDY t and ROS OFF tofi Option Option Full speed 03500 Half speed sec 113 speed 29 sec 3 Tray2 First tray of option Feeder 4 Tray3 Second tray of option Feeder 8 502 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 4 12 Continuous Printing Speed Assuming the time until the trailing end of the 11th sheet is discharged after the trail end of the 1st sheet is discharged as t seconds number of printed sheets for a minute given by the equation 60 t x10 is shown in the table below excluding however the time for which the process control is working and during the Fuse Cool Down are not contained This function specifies the performance when the controller did not have the x 2 feeders satisfy the following performance Refer to Chart 6 Operational Principal for details of Process control Referenc
69. PHOTO Low Paper Sensor The actuator lowers according to how much paper remains in the paper tray When the actuator lowers to certain extent it intercepts the sensor beam to detect low paper quantity As the actuator position can be seen from the front side of paper tray you can confirm approximate residual paper quantity SOLENOID FEED Controls operation rotation stop of ROLL ASSY FEED by controlling the rotations of the GEAR FEED CLUTCH ASSY TURN 6 430 Transmits the drive from the MAIN DRIVE ASSY to ROLL ASSY TURN ROLL ASSY FEED PICK UP ASSY When the SOLENOID FEED operates the GEAR FEED and GEAR IDLER FEED are engaged by the force of the SPRING FEED Under the drive from the MAIN DRIVE ASSY the ROLL ASSY FEED PICK UP ASSY starts rotating and the ROLL ASSY PICK UP ASSY sends paper After having rotated one turn the GEAR FEED and GEAR IDLER FEED are disengaged at the notch of the GEAR FEED no drive is transmitted any more and the ROLL ASSY FEED PICK UP ASSY stops rotating Thus sheets of paper is sent out one by one ROLL ASSY TURN The ROLL ASSY TURN rotates by the drive from the MAIN DRIVE ASSY through the CLUTCH ASSY TURN to feed the paper from the paper tray to CHUTE REGI ASSY Regi Roll refer to 5 8 Xerographics SENSOR HUM TEMP Detects temperature and humidity in the printer The printer corrects the charging voltage the voltage supplied to the transfer rolls and the developing bias based on
70. PWB The following parts are mounted on the board Connector for PWBA MCU HBN connection RS 232C cable connector D Sub 9 pins e DIP switch for RS 232C cross straight switching Switch for Test print The switch for a test print is equivalent to the test print of a stand alone printer 2 119 2 2 Preparation 2 2 1 Supported configurations platforms The magicolor 3300 Diagnostics Hibana Service Commander program requires the following configurations platforms em Description Pentium 90 MHz 166 M Hz or higher preferable 48 MB 64 MB preferable Display VGA 640 x 480 Windows XP 2000 Me 98 95 NT Communication port RS 232C interface furnished 2 2 2 Installing magicolor 3300 Diagnostics Hibana Service Commander Steps 1 Start Windows 2 Insert the magicolor 3300 Computer Based Training CD ROM which includes the magicolor 3300 Diagnostics Hibana Service Commander program into your PC s CD ROM drive 3 After the CBT autoboots close it 4 From the Start menu choose Run 5 Inthe Run dialog box type x commander setup exe where x is the letter of your CD ROM drive and click the OK button 6 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the installation 2 2 3 Uninstalling magicolor 3300 Diagnostics Hibana Service Commander Steps 1 Start Windows 2 From the Start menu choose Settings then choose Control Panel 2 Inthe Control Panel window double click the Add or Re
71. ROS ASSY is shielded with a sheet Faulty ROS ASSY 15 the image quality improved if ROS ASSY 15 replaced AO emn Faulty PHD ASSY Is the image quality improved if PHD ASSY is replaced 1 101 P4 Vertical Band Deletions Condition initial check AThere are areas of the image that are extremely light or are missing entirely These missing areas from wide bands that run vertically along the page in the paper feeding direction Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY BTR ASSY ROS ASSY PWBA MCU HBN S HVPS Hem SS EE Faulty PHD ASSY Is the image quality improved if PHD ASSY is replaced Replace ASS Faulty ROS ASSY EN Is the image quality improved if ROS ASSY is replaced Replace ina Faulty FUSER ASSY Check the HEAT ROLL and NIP BELT for evidence of Replace the FUSER ASSY damage dirt or foreign substances Faulty BTR ASSY Is the image quality improved if BTR ASSY is replaced paco 1 102 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting P5 Horizontal Band Deletions Condition initial check A There are areas of the image that are extremely light or are missing entirely These missing areas from wide bands that run horizontally across the page parallel with the paper feeding direction Initial check Parts of different specification
72. RRP3 10 INDICATOR PE3 2 8 ittm itis tine ome rutas dota ec 198 RRP3 11 GUIDE INDICATOR 3 210 200 RRP3 12 PICKUP ASSY PLII I ae en ee tait ate tite etl e tte ito he d ER tun ca 202 RRP3 13 ROLE ASSY 3 3 ae nn 204 RRP3 14 SENSOR PHOTO NO PAPER 3 30 206 RRP3 15 SENSOR PHOTO LOW PAPER 3 50 208 RRP3 16 ACTUATOR NO PAPER 3 3 5 210 RRPSAZLEINKACT UATORXBIES9 3 6 isle aieo thi ket na lesen taa da 212 RRP3 18 SOLENOID FEED PE3 3 17 te dm 214 RRP3 19 CLUTCH ASSY TURN 3 3 18 216 RRP3 20 ROLL ASSY TURN 3 3 20 0 10011 218 RRP3 21 55 3 3 23 iat tegere ln 220 RRP4 HOUSING ASSY RETARB unn aa ee Een map eee 222 RRP4 1 HOUSING ASSY RETARD 141 222 RRP4 2 ROLL TURN PL4 1 2 i isamaa a ns ala da 224 RRP4 3 ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI 14 1 5 226 RRP4 4 CLUTCH TURN PLA 19 n eee s nues 228 RRP4 5 STUD RID PL4 1 10 2 34 22 22a ea ae In Leine 230 RRES CHUTE ASSY IN vaania Sa S ES amet uicta 232 RRP5 1 CHUTE ASSYIN PEST a aa ea lau 232 RRP5 2 SENSOR ADC ASSY PLOT Dosis ea ana 236 RRP5 3 SENSOR TONER FULL 5 1 13 238 RRP5 4FUSER DRIVE ASSY PE5 1 18 iir iet tee 240 RRP5 5 EATCH R PL5 1 21 aa nenne 242
73. Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal Execute the following diagnosis after having exchanged HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN NOTE C 2 7 11 Holder Toner Assy Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 3 317 RRP10 5 HOLDER ASSY TONER K PL10 1 4 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN engine rrp0099FD Figure HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K Removal 3 318 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 Remove the COVER SIDE RRP1 9 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 0 1 a Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 12 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y RRP10 2 13 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M RRP10 3 14 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN RRP10 4 15 From the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT release the hook securing the toner discharging unit of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K on the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER L PL10 1 13 with a mini screwdriver 16 From the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER pull out the toner discharging unit on the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K rightward 17 Release the hook securing the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K to the PLATE
74. S HVPS 12 Remove the connector P J5020 on the S HVPS 14 Remove the S HVPS from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 327 RRP10 10 BOX ASSY CRUM READER PL10 1 21 BOX ASSY CRUM READER HARNESS ASSY TNR4 PLATE ASSY DISPENSER L engine rrp0142FA Figure BOX ASSY CRUM READER Removal 3 328 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 11 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 12 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN RRP10 2 3 4 5 13 Remove the connector P J342 PWBA READER PL10 1 18 14 Remove HARNESS ASSY TONER4 PL10 1 11 from the opening of HSG BASE PL10 1 16 15 Remove two screws which hold the BOX ASSY CRUM READER PL10 1 21 to PLATE ASSY DIS PENSER L PL10 1 13 16 Remove BOX ASSY CRUM READER from PLATE ASSY DISPENSER L Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 329 RRP11 FRAME 8 DRIVE RRP11 1 LEVER DRUM L PL11 1 4 PLATE
75. Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 459 Write Life Adjustment Data 134 Write NVM Data 132 X Xerographics CHUTE REGI Regi Clutch 442 OHP SENSOR ASSY 442 PHD ASSY 442 ROS ASSY 442 SENSOR PHOTO Regi Sensor 442 Xerographics Function 442 Xerographics Wiring 484 486 1 518 Y Yellow Toner Cartridge Missing 40 Yellow Toner Empty 85 Yellow Toner Low 64
76. as B 6 2 2 2 2 62 2 O O oO NN NO UV A o U gt CHUTE ASSY IN 120V a a 865084 12170 CHUTE ASSY 200 865084K 12280 WIRE ASSY 2 5020 865117K34570 SPRING R2 det scite en 865809E35110 SHAFT BRIN Sacchi cine he eek ace es esd Refer to Item 1 4 2 WIRE ASSY 5030 865117 34560 SPRING DT CO 2d Refer to Item 1 amp 2 STUD a ERU ERN v Refer to Item 1 amp 2 HOEDER SPRING BTR iios scent Refer to Item 1 amp 2 HARNESS ASSY FSR4 100V 120V J232 J138 J162 J233 865162K14730 HARNESS ASSY FSR32 220V J232 J138 J162 J233 865962K14740 HARNESS ASSY 0 136 1361 865162K69620 SENSOR ADC ASSY instet etc eU RE CERE 865019K97900 SPRING ADG odeur ut aa 865809E28620 SENSOR TONER 22220 0 02 00 00000000 865130E91010 HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS J141 J142 865162 69830 SPRING IDT SKdf msn een Refer to Item 1 amp 2 STUPID Refer to Item 1 4 2 HOLBDER IDT A KITANSA NN Refer to Item 1 amp 2 FUSER DRIVE ASSY with 20 865007K87970 SPRING BIRSU Refer to Item 1 4 2 WIRE ASSY FSR 234 235
77. concerned 1 57 16 NV RAM Error Call for Service NV RAM Error R mo Does the error still happen even after powering Off and On Go to step 2 End of work was done Remove following components once and reinstall them correctly PHD ASSY 422 Go to step 3 End of work PWBA MCU HBN Does the error still happen even after powering Off and On was done Replace PHD ASSY Does the error still happen even after powering Off and On Go to step 4 End of work was done Replace FUSER ASSY Does the error still happen even after powering Off and On Go to step 5 End of work was done Replace PWBA EEPROM Does the error still happen even after powering Off and On Replace End of work MCU HBN was done 1 58 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 17 CTD Sensor Error Call for Service ADC Sensor Error vs w Replace the parts concerned Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR ADC ASSY replacing condition 5 AM Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY CTD for continuity Go to step 3 HARNESS ASSY Is J136 lt gt J1361 continuous normally CTD Go to step 2 NER Replace ung HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY Is J13 lt gt P1361 continuous normally FRONT 1A Checking SENSOR ADC ASSY Replace PWBA Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR ADC ASSY End of work MCU HBN was replaced with a new one 1 59 18 Fan Motor
78. continuous normally TNRA P Replace Checking RAE ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Go to step 6 HARNESS ASSY 15 J12 23 lt gt J42 8 continuous normally DRV2 2 Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 7 Replace PWBA Is P J51 21PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuit Replace a Go to step 8 HARNESS ASSY Is J511 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNR4 Checking TONER MOTOR Check if an error occurs though the TONER MOTOR was Go to step 9 End of work replaced with a new one Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA J11 25 lt gt J41 16 DRV and if J11 26 lt gt J41 15 still faulty replace J11 27 lt gt J41 14 PWBA MCU HBN J11 28 lt gt J41 13 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 74 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 32 Magenta Toner Near Empty Magenta Toner Low Ye ww Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE 2 Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 4PIN lt gt P J51 5PIN less than 0 2VDC 5210 Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J702 l
79. displayed Input Paper empty Paper near empty Upper Cassette Detached Paper trays If MSI is selected select the paper size from the pull down menu give below Monarch Postcard COM 10 DL Statement A5 C5 5 Executive Letter A4 Legal13 Legal14 Universal size Read media suif A click of this button detects and displays the paper kind of MSI Unknown no paper Rough Plain Glossy Coated Film Transparency Print Mode Duplex Simplex Transfer Current High Low 1200 dpi 600 dpi Image Print image None white paper Test Print IOT built in pattern Set the type of paper Plain paper L Heavier paper L Heavier paper H Envelope Postcard Transparency OHP Label H Plain paper L High Gloss Label L Heavier paper L Back Face Heavier paper H Back Face Envelope Back Face Postcard Back Face Plain paper H Plain paper H High Gloss Plain paper L Super High Gloss Plain paper H Super High Gloss Media Heavier paper L Super High Gloss Heavier paper H Super High Gloss Paper type Envelope Super High Gloss Postcard Super High Gloss Super High Gloss Label H Super High Gloss Label L Super High Gloss Heavier paper L Super High Gloss Back Face Heavier Super High Gloss Back Face Envelope Super High Gloss Back Face Postcard Super High Gloss Back Face Plainpaper L Back Face Plainpaper L High Gloss Back Face Plainpap
80. engine rrp0024FC Figure FEEDER ASSY UNIT Removal 3 184 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 Deflect the shaft of the LINK ACTUATOR PL3 3 6 secured to the ACTUATOR NO PAPER PL3 3 5 from the printer FEEDER and shift the ACTUATOR NO PAPER from the shaft Pull out the LINK ACTUATOR from the hole on the printer FEEDER and remove Remove the connector P J2361 connecting the printer and FEEDER ASSY UNIT from the left side of the printer 0 Remove the connector P J210 connecting the printer and FEEDER ASSY UNIT from the right side of the printer Remove the connector P J47 on the PWBA DRV HBN PL12 1 12 from the right side of the printer Remove 8 screws securing the FEEDER ASSY UNIT to the printer Remove 4 long screws securing the FEEDER ASSY UNIT to the printer Release the connector P J2361 Harness from the bottom Plate slit under the Main Frame toward the FEEDER area 15 Shift the harness of the connector P J24 from the square hole on the bottom plate at the lower part of the printer toward the FEEDER 16 Shift the connector P J210 and the harness of the connector P J47 from the square hole on the bot tom plate at the lower part of the printer toward the FEEDER The top unit of the printer s
81. for continuity Go to step 11 HARNESS ASSY Is J131 lt gt J50 continuous normally DUP2 Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Check the following for continuity J12 5PIN lt gt J42 26PIN Replace J12 6PIN lt gt J42 25PIN Go to step 12 HARNESS ASSY J12 7PIN lt gt J42 24PIN DRV2 J12 8PIN lt gt J42 23PIN J12 29PIN lt gt J42 2PIN Checking DUP MOTOR 12 Check if an error occurs though the MOTOR was replaced with a new one Replace PWBA MCU HBN End of work 1 54 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Check the gears for foreign substances Check the sheets for gear or skew 1 55 FIP 14 ROS Failure Call for Service ROS Motor Check Checking HARNESS ASSY ROSKA for continuity Replace ROS HARNESS 55 Is 915 lt gt 151 continuous normally ASSY ROSKA 1 56 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 15 Fuser Failure Call for Service Fuser Failure Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault The assembled condition of FUSER ASSY Replace the parts concerned Do not power and Off while FUSER ASSY 5 removed It will danger of getting a shock Checking FUSER ASSY connector Disconnect the FUSER ASSY connector and check for Go to step 3 broken or curved pins Checking FUSER ASSY Replace PWBA Check if an error occurs though the FUSER ASSY was End of work MCU HBN replaced with a new one Replace the parts
82. for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J703 lt gt J51 continuous normally Checking SENSOR TONER LOW Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR TONER LOW Go to step 6 End of work was replaced with a new one With tool Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 for continuity Go to step 7 Replace the parts concerned Gato Sep 12 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Is 012 21 lt gt J42 10 continuous normally Without tool Go to step 8 Checking TONER MOTOR Does TONER MOTOR function normally Check the toner Using TONER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital stirring AUGER or Go to step 8 Output Test gear for damage In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Is P J51 31 lt gt P J60 2 24VDC DRV HBN 12 Replace nen HARNESS ASSY End of work Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA J11 33 lt gt J41 8 HBN and if J11 34 lt gt J41 7 still faulty replace J11 35 lt gt J41 6 PWBA MCU HBN J11 36 lt gt J41 5 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 88 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 46 Black Toner Empty 2 Black Toner Empty Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV H
83. image and in this case a color shift may occur The color registration control calculates how much the registration is shifted and adjusts the ROS write timing The lateral registration control adjusts all of four colors in lateral directions The color registration control is made from a change in inside temperature and the print count at the execution of the process control The control is outlined below 1 With no toner put on the the output value of SENSOR ADC ASSY is measured to determine the threshold value 2 The patches for color registration control are generated on the BTR These patches are composed of 10mm lines of and Y in this order by the amount of four dispense counts led by a black trigger About one turn of BTR engine principle0045FA 3 density of patches generated by the SENSOR ADC ASSY is read 4 The adjusting amount of registration shift is calculated from the threshold value determined in 1 and the patch density measured in 3 5 The ROS write timing is changed from the adjusting amount of registration shift 6 455 7 6 Assy Control 7 6 1 Detecting the Installation of BTR Assy Whether the BTR Assy BTR PKG 72 is installed is detected when the power is turned on or the front cover is opened and closed The sensor for detecting the installation is not provided but judgment is made from the output of the SENSOR ADC ASSY The light is emitted from the LED of
84. normally TNRA a ay Replace Checking 55 DRV2 for continuity Go to step 6 HARNESS ASSY Is 012 24 lt gt J42 7 continuous normally DRV2 2 Checking PWBA DRV3 for signal Go to step 7 Replace PWBA Is P J51 36PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuit Replace Go to step 8 HARNESS ASSY Is J514 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNRA Checking TONER MOTOR Check if an error occurs though the TONER MOTOR was Go to step 9 End of work replaced with a new one Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA J11 37 lt gt 341 4 DRV HBN and if J11 38 lt gt J41 3 still faulty replace J11 39 lt gt J41 2 PWBA MCU HBN J11 40 lt gt J41 1 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 77 FIP 35 PHD Life Warning Imaging Unit Life Low we w Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts PHD ASSY replacing condition concerned PWBA CRUM in PHD ASSY replacing condition Checking PWBA CRUM for connection Replace 2 15 PWBA connector connected to the harness Go to step 3 HARNESS ASSY connector normally CRUM Go to step 2 3 TE Replace Picking FARNESS CRUM for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY Is J710 lt gt J71 continuous normally CRUM IRRE Replace Charing HARNESS ASSY EEPROM orconny HARNESS ASSY EEPR
85. of the printer Half speed printing with the half of process speed and 1 3 speed printing with 1 3 of process speed The controller cannot instruct to change the process speed Print Mode The printer has four modes Standard mode Fine mode High gross mode and Super high gross mode Modes are switched over under the instruction from the controller 1 Standard mode used for printing with resolution 600dpi 2 Fine mode process direction resolution 1200dpi mode 3 High gross mode thick paper special paper and high grossed plain paper 4 Super high gross mode thick paper special paper and super high grossed plain paper Paper Mode 8 paper modes are available for this printer Modes are switched over under the instruction from the controller Classification of paper mode 1 Plain paper Japanese plain paper such as FX P L R J JD and plain paper such as XC 4200 20lb 24ibs RX 80 90 2 Label L mode It is mainly selected to run on Japanese labels V860 etc 3 Label H mode It is mainly selected to run on labels 3R4469 etc 4 Thick paper L mode it is selected to run on the papers whose thickness is 106 162gsm 5 Thick paper H mode It is selected to run on the papers whose thickness is 163 216gsm 6 OHP mode It is selected to run on OHPs JE 001 etc 7 Envelop mode It is selected to run envelops 8 Postcard mode It is selected to run on postcards Relation between the resolution process speed
86. print mode and paper mode is shown in the table below Resolution Process speed Paper mode 600dpi 1200dpi Standard mode Full speed Full speed SA Fine mode Half speed Half speed Bici maps EE 1 High gross mode Half speed Half speed mode _ Half speed Haif specs peet paper High gross mode Half speed Half speed Super high gross 1 3 speed 1 3 speed RAE mode 8 501 4 10 Warm up Time When nominal voltage 100V 120V 220V is applied ready temperature Fuser Stand by is reached within 30 seconds after command is given by the controller Reference Measured at 22 55 RH nominal voltage 4 11 FPOT First Print Output Time FPOT time of the printer is shown in the table below The time required for the first sheet of paper to be delivered after the START command is given is calculated on the following conditions rounded to one decimal place OT performance that the controller does not have wait This value is indicated by either of two described below depending on the status of Motor On and Fuser 1 ROS RDY ton ROS Motor Ready steady status rotation and Fuser Ready 2 ROS OFF tog ROS Motor Off at stopping and Fuser Ready temperature Paper is 4 SEF Except when process control is operating 1 when Fuser Cool down 2 Paper mode is plain paper mode Paper feeding is Tray1 paper tray which locates at the bottom of the printer
87. reverse order of removal 3 155 RRP1 6 COVER REAR PL1 1 20 COVER REAR engine rrp0007FB Figure COVER REAR Removal 3 156 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 3 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 4 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 5 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 6 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 7 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 8 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 9 Raise the COVER REAR slightly above the printer pull it out toward the front and remove Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 157 RRP1 7 LINK L PL1 1 23 SPRING LINK L engine rrp0009FA Figure LINK L Removal 3 158 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal ocn O N TDS 8 9 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the upper hook of the SPRING LINK L PL1 1 22 from the projection on the left side of the printer Slide the LINK L rearward from the printer and align the shaft of the printer and hole of the LINK L Remove the LINK L from the printer together with the SPRING LINK L 10 Remove the SPRING LINK L from the LIN
88. securing the COVER ASSY FRONT to the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 7 Release the hooks securing the COVER ASSY FRONT at 2 positions to the CHUTE ASSY OUT 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT from the CHUTE ASSY OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 171 RRP1 14 COVER SIDE PL1 1 30 COVER LEFT engine rrp0017FA Figure COVER SIDE L Removal 3 172 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 3 Remove 1 screw securing the COVER SIDE L to the printer 4 Release a hook securing the COVER SIDE L at 1 position at the front edge to the printer 5 Remove the COVER SIDE L from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 173 RRP2 PAPER CASSETTE RRP2 1 ROLL ASSY RETARD PL2 1 2 ROLL ASSY RETARD CHUTE GUIDE COVER engine rrp0018FA Figure ROLL ASSY RETARD Removal 3 174 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Pull outthe CASSETTE from the printer 2 Release the CHUTE GUIDE COVER secured to the CASSETTE at one point and open the CHUTE GUIDE COVER 3 Release a hook securing the ROLL ASSY RETARD at 1 position to the SHAFT RETARD from the CASSETTE 4 Pull out the ROLL ASSY RETARD from the SHAFT RETARD Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 175 RRP2 2 HOLDER RETARD
89. test 127 Exit Sensor 440 Exposure 408 F FAN FUSER 440 1 514 FAN FUSER removal 150 Fan Motor Error 60 FAN output circuit 469 FAN REAR removal 344 Feed Jam 49 FEEDER ASSY UNIT removal 184 Fine mode 450 FIP AC 111 ADC Sensor Dustiness ADC ADC Sensor Dusti ness Error 71 ADC Sensor Error ADC Sensor Dustiness Warn ing 59 Black Toner Cartridge Detached Black Toner Car tridge Missing 43 Black Toner Empty Black Toner Low 67 Black Toner Empty 2 Black Toner Empty 88 BTR Detached Transfer Unit Missing 45 BTR Life Over Replace Transfer Unit 69 CRUM ID Error Call for Service CRUM ID Error 47 Cyan Toner Cartridge Detached Cyan Toner Car tridge Missing 42 Cyan Toner Empty Cyan Toner Low 66 Cyan Toner Empty 2 Cyan Toner Empty 87 DC 112 Duplex Jam Media Jam Duplex 54 Environment Sensor Error Call for Service ENV Sensor Error 63 Fan Motor Failure Call for Service Fan Motor Error 60 Feed Jam Media Jam Feed 49 Firmware Error Call for Service Firmware Error 62 Front Cover Front Cover Open 72 Full Stack Output Bin Full 84 Fuser Detached Fuser Unit Missing 46 Fuser Failure Call for Service Fuser Failure 57 Fuser Jam Media Jam Fuser Media Jam Fuser 53 Fuser Life Over Replace Fuser Unit 70 Level 2 31 Magenta Toner Cartridge Detached Magenta Ton er Cartridge Missing 41 Magenta Toner Empty Magenta Toner Low 65 Magenta Toner Empty 2 Magenta Toner Empty 86 Media Type Mismatch Media Type Mismat
90. the Toner Cartridge Y FIP 22 Has the Toner Cartridge been recovered after reinstalling 23 C FIP 24 K FIP 25 1 96 3 5 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Image Troubleshooting NOTE Description below assumes that the printer controller is normal By testing the printing operation for the engine only conditions can be isolated simply to determine whether the trouble exists on the printer controller side or engine side When the test print with the engine only is correct the printer controller is fault When printing on the engine only is not correct the engine is faulty When trouble is considered to be on the printer controller side replace the printer controller with proper one and check for proper operation again If the trouble persists even after the replacement check the host side using the image troubleshooting for each condition as described below for effective troubleshooting If print image quality trouble occurs print on paper of A3 or A4 size in order to judge and understand the trouble precisely and take proper remedy steps Utilize the image quality troubleshooting correction table depending on the trouble for efficient troubleshooting If the trouble cannot be corrected according to the image quality troubleshooting check the trouble after replacing the Major check parts specified for the Initial check in the image quality troubleshooting in succession making use of the Spe
91. the detected temperature and humidity Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 2 2 Reference diagram SENSOR PHOTO No Paper Sensor ROLL ASSY FEED PICK UP ASSY SENSOR HUM TEMP CLUTCH ASSY TURN SWITCH ASSY SIZE GEAR FEED SPRING FEED GEAR IDLER FEED ROLL ASSY TURN SOLENOID FEED ROLL ASSY PICK UP ASSY SENSOR PHOTO Low Paper Sensor engine principle0033FA 6 431 5 3 Housing Assy Retard 5 3 1 Major functions Y CLUTCH TURN MSI Transmits the drive from the MAIN DRIVE ASSY to the ROLL TURN ROLL TURN The ROLL TURN is rotated by the drive from the MAIN DRIVE ASSY through the CLUTCH TURN MSI to feed the paper from the manual feed tray to the CHUTE REGI ASSY Regi Roll refer to 5 8 Xerographics 6 432 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 3 2 Reference diagram ROLL TURN CLUTCH TURN MSI engine principle0034FA 6 433 5 4 Front Assy In 5 4 1 Major functions SENSOR ADC ASSY Reads the density of the toner image prepared on the surface of BTR in the BTR PKG 72 refer to 5 7 BTR Assy amp Fuser and feeds it back to the process control refer to 7 4 Process Control Y SENSOR TONER FULL Detects that the toner collect space in the BTR PKG 72 refer to 5 7 BTR Assy 8 Fuser has become full of waste toner to be collected V FUSER DRIVE ASSY Supplies the drive to the FUSER ASSY refer to 5 7 BTR Assy 8 Fuser 6 434 Chapter 6 Principles of Oper
92. the shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN to the PICKUP ASSY Remove the BEARING METAL PL3 3 7 securing the right shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN from the PICKUP ASSY 16 Remove the BEARING BLACK PL3 3 21 securing the left shaft of the ROLL ASSY TURN from the PICKUP ASSY 17 Slide the ROLL ASSY TURN from the PICKUP ASSY rightward pull out the left edge of the ROLL ASSY TURN from the bearing bore and then pull out the ROLL ASSY TURN left upward 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 0 1 1 1 12 13 14 15 lt o Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 219 RRP3 21 ROLL ASSY 3 3 23 ROLL ASSY engine rrp0123FA Figure ROLL ASSY Removal 3 220 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Pull outthe CASSETTE from the printer 2 Release the hook at 1 position securing the ROLL ASSY to the SHAFT FEED 2 PL3 3 22 from the FEEDER of the printer 3 Pull out the ROLL ASSY left side from the SHAFT FEED 2 Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 221 RRP4 HOUSING ASSY RETARD RRP4 1 HOUSING ASSY RETARD PL4 1 1 HOUSING ASS
93. to the PWBA MCU HBN and to the parts connected to the PWBA DRV HBN is stopped 7 469 82 Cassette section PWBA MCU PWBA DRV HBN SWITCH ASSY HBN PL12 1 12 SIZE PL12 1 1 PL3 2 4 P J12 P J42 P J471 15 S 16 TRAY1 SIZEO SWITCH ON L 3 3VDC 4 TRAY1 SIZE1 SWITCH ON L 3 3VDC 14 HE 17 3 TRAY1 SIZE2 SWITCH ON L 3 3VDC 13 De 18 lt 1 5 2 3 3VDC PULL UP 3 3VDC eum gt lt 3 P J12 P J42 SG 2 m TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSED H 3 3VDC 12 e 19 lt im SENSOR PHOTO No Paper Sensor PL3 3 4 PULL UP 3 3VDC 9 3 P J12 P J42 SG 2 M TRAY1 LOW PAPER SENSED H 3 3VDC 117 20 lt 1 SENSOR PHOTO Interlock Low Paper Sensor 24VDC PL3 3 4 24VDC P474 J474 P J12 P J42 m TRAY1 FEED SOL ON L 24VDC 10 Di 21 gt m 1 2 SOLENOID FEED Interlock Tray1 24VDC PL3 3 17 24VDC P475 9475 P J12 P J42 gt M 2 1 TRAY1 TURN CL ON L 24VDC 9 5l 22 gt m i 2 CLUTCH ASSY TURN Tray1 PL3 3 18 engine wire0003FB
94. transferred onto the paper Remaining toner on the IDT 2 is electrically scraped and held at the IDT 2 cleaner The toner held is collected upon completion of printing or at the cleaning cycle Refer to 1 3 11 Cleaning general 1 3 9 Static elimination In the static elimination process negative DC voltage is given to the back side of the paper from the Detack Saw static elimination board to neutralize and eliminate the charge of paper Detack Saw receives high voltage from S HVPS The positive charge caused in the tertiary transfer process generates image quality troubles by scattering toner Static electricity of the paper is eliminated by discharge of the Detack Saw preventing those image quality troubles IDT2 Cleaner O Negative electric charc O Positive electric charge O Toner a X Detack Saw 6 416 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1 3 10 Fixing In the fixing process toner is fixed on the paper by heat and pressure Finished toner image transferred from the belt is easily broken only by touching it with fingers toner image is fixed on the paper with the FUSER ASSY fixing unit The toner melts by heat of the HEAT ROLL with the Heater lamp as the heat source and is deposited on the paper under pressure given by the belt opposed against the heat roll Yu Paper Spring Nip Fixed toner mo Nip Head Heat Roll Felt Heater Lamp Frame Belt Sheet Not fixed toner Pad e
95. unsuccessful termination occurred by referring to the data transmission receiving records in the communication log file 2 134 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 7 7 Slave The printer has two NVM s for storing the following machine specific information One NVM is called the Master and another one is called the Slave Product Serial No Maker Code No Data Controller setting data Refer to the Slave Readme txt file in the folder which installed the Diagnostic Commander about Slave Click the Slave tab and the following screen will appear 10 x a Service Commander Wersion 1 00 NV Data Slave Lite Holder Toner Assy m Initialize Slave Read 2 135 2 7 8 Read Slave Steps 1 Press the Read button on the screen where the Slave tab is selected 2 The contents of Slave are displayed Hibana Service Commander Wersion 1 00 Product No 131071 Serial No 16777215 Maker code No FF Data FFFFFFFFFFFF 2 7 9 Initialize Slave The data of Slave is initialized Steps 1 Click the Initialize Slave button and the following screen will appear Confirm initialize 2 Click the Yes button to initialize Slave 3 The message is displayed that initialization of Slave is completed Successful termination Initialization of Slave was completed Unsuccessful termination lnitialization of Slave was not completed 2 136 Chapter 2 Operation o
96. 0 prints ROLL ASSY FEED PL3 3 3 Equivalent to about 300 000 prints TURN ROLL BEARING METAL PL3 3 25 Equivalent to about 300 000 prints 2 CHUTE ASSY TURN PL3 1 2 Equivalent to about 300 000 prints 1 Replacement life when converting with utilization ratio CST 85 and MSI 15 2 BEARING 26xL8 METAL PL3 3 7 is the same shape as TURN ROLL BEARING METAL PL3 3 25 but it is not Periodical Replacement Parts 8 507 6 Operating Environment 6 1 Installation Temperature Humidity Installation temperature and humidity on the condition without condensation is as follows At operating 5 32 C 15 85 RH At stopping minus 20 40 C 5 85 RH 6 2 Installation Altitude 0 to 3 100m 6 3 Installation Horizontal Within inclination of 5 degrees 6 4 Ambient Lighting 3000 Lux or less without no direct sun beams 8 508 7 Safety Environment Conditions 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 Safety Standard 100V 120V system UL1950 3rd Edition CSA 22 2 No 950 M95 9 220V 240V system IEC60950 2nd Edition Laser Safety Standard 100V 120V system FDA21CFR Chapter 1 Subchapter J Section 1010 1040 220V 240V system 1EC60825 Class 1 Laser Product EMI 100V system JPN VCCI Class B 120V system US FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B ANSI C63 4 220V 240V system EC EN55022 CISPR Publication 22 Class B Noise Noise of printing including simplex duplex with option is as follows Printer
97. 0VAC 10 198 264V frequency 50 60Hz 3Hz 2 2 Power Consumption Power consumption in each operation mode at rated voltage input Operation mode Average Wh h 1 Max power consumption Printing mode lt 900W lt Running mode N Fuser is on is on READY mode 2900W lt Ready mode lt 45W ENAGISTAR 2 enacistar mode f Controller is included 1 At running mode wattage per hour at printing continuously At ready mode wattage per hour at the temperature of fuser ready 2 Fuser is in stop status 8 496 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 3 Mechanical Properties 3 1 Dimensions Mass of Printer Width 439mm 1 Depth 590mm 1 with no cassette installed 638mm 1 with cassette installed Height 445mm 1 Mass No cassette installed No CRU 26 8 kg 190 No cassette installed CRU 32 5 kg 1 Cassette installed No CRU 29 2 kg 1 Cassette installed CRU 34 9kg 1 engine spec0002FB 3 2 Dimensions Mass of Universal Paper Tray standard paper supply 500 sheets Width 321mm 1 Depth 558mm 1 Height 97mm 1 Mass 2 5kg 1 engine spec0003FA 3 3 Dimensions Mass of Consumables CRU 3 3 1 Print head PHD cartridge Width 339mm 3mm Depth 146mm 3mm Height 179mm 3mm Mass 4 5kg 0 1kg Reference The print head cartridge has CRUM CRU memory to record information engine spec0004FA 8 497 3 3 2 Transfer
98. 1 Intermediate Drum Transfer 1 intermediate transfer roll 1 Two IDT 1 are provided yellow and magenta and cyan and black are respectively transferred to their IDT 1 lt IDT 1 is a conductive roll and receives supply of high positive voltage from HVPS The toner image negatively charged on the drum is attracted to the IDT1 positively charged and transferred from the drum to the IDT1 surface At this time electric charge of the drum surface is neutralized by the IDT1 Negative electric charc O Positive electric charge O Toner Drum surface engine principle0016FA HVPS engine principle0015FA 6 412 Drum surface Yellow toner image Drum surface Magenta toner image Chapter 6 Principles of Operation IDT1 surface Yellow toner image Magenta toner image Drum surface Cyan toner image Drum surface Black toner image IDT1 surface Cyan toner image Black toner image engine 0017 6 413 1 3 5 Secondary transfer IDT 1 gt IDT 2 In the secondary transfer process the toner image f
99. 1 12 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the COVER REAR RRP1 6 11 Shift the harness P J166 of the FAN REAR from 3 hooks of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN of the 12 Remove 2 screws securing the FAN REAR from the printer printer 13 Remove the FAN REAR from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 345 RRP12 3 CONTROLLER BOARD PL12 1 4 TBD CONTROLLER BOARD engine rrp0137FC Figure CONTROLLER BOARD Removal 3 346 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 2 From rear side of the printer loosen screws that secure the CONTROLLER BOARD 3 Holding the left and right knobs on the CONTROLLER BOARD pull out the CONTROLLER BOARD of the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal In replacing the CONTROLLER BOARD on the printer connect the connector at the leading end of CONTROLLER BOARD to the connector of the PWBA MCU HBN PL12 1 1 3 347 RRP12 4 LVPS PL12 1 10 CLAMP GUIDE HARNESS GUIDE HARNESS SW 0 y CC o CLAMP GUIDE HARNESS engine rrp0115FC Figure LVPS Removal 1 LVPS engine rrp0116FB Figure LVPS Removal 2 3 348 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedure
100. 1 J231 1 gt _ lt 2 3 AE 4 SENSOR HUM TEMP PL3 2 2 engine wire0009FB Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal Tine name TONER FULL SENSED H 3 3VDC Waste toner recovery bottle full detection signal by SENSOR TONER FULL Measured data analog value by ADC Sensor in SENSOR ADC ADC VOUT ASSY ADC MONITOR Monitor output signal by ADC Sensor in SENSOR ADC ASSY GLED LED control signal analog value in SENSOR ADC ASSY Environment temperature data analog value measured by SENSOR HUM TEMP Environment temperature data analog value measured by ERN TEMP SENSOR HUM TEMP 7 485 89 Xerographics 2 PWBA MCU HBN PL12 1 1 Interlock S HVPS 24VDC PL10 1 15 A P J1 P J5011 VL 24VDC i 22 gt lt 11 3 0V REF bi 24 gt lt 9 HV_REF_BTR_P 26 on gt lt 7 HV REF BTR M 27 gt lt 6 HV REF DTS 28 gt lt 5 BTR_P ON L 24VDC 29 lt 4 BTR_M ON L 24VDC 30 gt lt 3 DTS ON L 24VDC HV MONI BTR V gt lt 2 32 e 1 P J702 pe IDT2 1 1 P J5030 1 P J502 P J802 1 IDT2 CLEANER P J701 IDT1 1 P 1 1 u IDT1 CLEANER P J805 1 RFB P J804 o 1 q D
101. 139 11PIN P132 2PIN lt gt J139 10PIN Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT1A for continuity Check the following for continuity P139 1PIN lt gt J13 11PIN 139 2 lt gt J13 10PIN Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Check the CLUTCH for slip or gear for damage Replace PWBA MCU HBN Check parts for missing and change paper if no problem Check the spring and stopper of SOLENOID FEED for disengagement Go to step 34 Go to step 35 Replace PWBA MCU HBN Go to step 30 Replace CLUTCH ASSY TURN MSI With tool Go to step 32 Without tool Go to step 33 Go to step 33 Replace SOLENOID FEED MSI Replace HARNESS ASSY FRONT2 HARNESS ASSY FRONT1A 1 51 11 Regi Jam Media Jam Registration Initial setting With tool Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 SENSOR actuator replacing condition concerned Without tool CHUTE ASSY REGI replacing condition Go to step 3 Checking SENSOR REGI Does SENSOR REGI function normally Using SENSOR REGI diagnostic tool check by Digital Input 9910 Step 8 Test 3 Checking CLUTCH HARNESS for connection Go to step 4 Replace the parts Is it connected normally to the SENSOR REGI concerned 4 Checking CLUTCH HARNESS for continuity Go to step 5 Replace CHUTE Is J181 lt gt J18 continuous normally With tool Checking PWBA MCU HBN for sig
102. 25 RRP4 3 ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI PL4 1 5 HOLDER ASSY RETARD engine rrp0131FA Figure ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI Removal 1 HOLDER ASSY RETARD Figure ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI Removal 2 3 226 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures HOLDER ASSY RETARD ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI engine 0049 Figure ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI Removal 3 Removal 1 Release the latch at A from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 2 Push back the rear edge of the HOLDER ASSY RETARD from the HOUSING ASSY RETARD PL4 1 1 of the printer and turn the HOLDER ASSY RETARD to the rear 3 Sliding the HOLDER ASSY RETARD rightward pull the left shaft of HOLDER ASSY RETARD out of the bearing bore in the HOUSING ASSY RETARD 4 Pull out the HOLDER ASSY RETARD to left upward from the HOUSING ASSY RETARD 5 Release the hook at 1 position securing the SHAFT RTD PL4 1 3 to the HOLDER ASSY RETARD of the printer 6 Raise the SHAFT RTD to right upward and pull out the ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 227 RRP4 4 CLUTCH TURN PL4 1 9 HOUSING ASSY RETARD Figure CLUTCH TURN Removal 3 228 CLUTCH TURN engine 0050 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the CHUTE ASSY RRP9 3 2 Remove the HOUSING ASSY RETARD RRP4 1 3 Remove the E ring securing the CLUTCH TURN to the shaft of the HOUSING ASSY RET
103. 2520 5 393 PL 10 1 TCRU Assy Illustration 22 1 2 M 21 with 16 20 Ll 3 C 511 4 K 512 M P513 C P514 K P701 Y P702 M P703 P704 K 5 P145 14 Sel engine partslisto01 6FC 5 394 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 10 1 TCRU Assy List Item 1 2 O O 0 N 0 0 O N gt _ 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 98 99 Parts name HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN 865113K03130 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN 865113K03140 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN 865113K82660 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN 865113K82670 SENSOR NO aa 865130E85550 BRACKET SENSOR 2 PRG TORU Y ii Enh n cae 1710550 002 PKG TER U M A222 1710550 003 PKG uiu een tet eset te feed ton eodd 1710550 004 PKGTGRUI uiae EE 1710550 001 HARNESS ASSY 4 865962K14770 J51 J511 J432 J512 J513 J514 J701 J702 J703 J704 J342 HARNESS ASSY CRUM J71 J710 865062K69680 PLATE ASSY DISPENSER 865015K49550 PWBA EEPROM eti nite ann 865160K83190 S AVPS nein heehee 865105K19520 HSG BASE CRUM HSG ASSY COIL READER PWB
104. 3 align the SPRING IDT L PL11 1 17 and the bottom of LINK LEVER L with the positions shown in the figure LEVER DRUM L Replacement 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD 1 2 3 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 4 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE 1 12 5 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 6 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 7 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 8 Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD RRP1 5 0 1 3 331 RRP11 2 LEVER DRUM R PL11 1 4 PLATE ASSY LEVER R SPRING 30N JA ANNA SPRING LEVER 30N engine rrp0108FB Figure LEVER DRUM R Removal 1 LINK LEVER R GEAR IDL PRESS GEAR PRESS R LEVER DRUM R engine rrp0126FA Figure LEVER DRUM R Removal 2 3 332 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures LINK LEVER R FY UM ja a GEAR PRESS R Figure LEVER DRUM R Replacement Removal 1 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 3 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 4 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 5 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 6 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the COVER
105. 341 H Dup Jam Sensor i er P J133 P J139 Full Stack Sensor Piela P J134 MSI No Paper Sensor Para P J135 SOLENOID FEED MSI 5 PIS 5 Toner Motor Y PL6 1 40 P 112 P J511 PL10 1 1 Sensor P J181 P J18 Toner Motor M PL9 1 8 9 Pust2 3 1045 Regi Clutch PL9 1 7 PWBA FONT CARD Toner Motor C PL12 1 19 PL10 1 3 CLUTCH TURN MSI n PL4 1 9 P4 SONTROLLER BOARD uis I D P J514 Toner Motor K KIT SENSOR OHP SEEN PIS PL10 1 4 PL9 1 12 Prize Puee 222117220 CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA 7 462 engine wire0001FB Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 2 Wiring Diagram between Parts 2 1 Configuration The wiring diagram is separated into 11 sections to show detailed connection between pa
106. 376 Paper Feeder 11 378 Paper Feeder III 380 TCRU Assy 394 Xerographics 392 Patches 452 PCDC Pixel Count Dispense Control 453 Periodic Replacement 507 PHD Assembly 406 PHD ASSY 442 Photoconductor 407 PICKUP ASSY removal 202 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI removal 274 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations 359 Plug Jack layout diagram 364 Potential Control 452 Power Consumption 496 Power Source 496 Primary transfer 412 IDT 1 412 Principles of Operation 403 Print Head Assembly 442 Print image Quality Specifications 510 Printer Specifications 493 Printing Process Charging with electricity 407 Cleaning general 418 Cleaning IDT 1 414 Cleaning IDT 2 416 Development 410 Exposure 408 Fixing 417 Primary transfer 412 Schematic Diagram 406 Secondary transfer 414 Static elimination 416 Summary 405 Tertiary transfer 416 Process Control 452 PWBA ASSY EARTH removal 340 PWBA EEPROM 444 PWBA EEPROM removal 324 PWBA HNB DRV 448 PWBA HNB DRV removal 352 PWBA HNB MCU removal 342 R Read Slave 136 Refresher 407 Registration Clutch 442 Registration Jam 52 Registration Sensor 442 Removal and Replacement Procedures 141 BTR ASSY 4 FUSER 284 CHUTE ASSY EXIT 276 CHUTE ASSY IN 232 CHUTE ASSY OUT 246 COVERS 146 Description of procedures 144 ELECTRICAL 342 FRAME amp DRIVE 330 HOUSING ASSY RETARD 222 PAPER CASSETTE 174 PAPER FEEDER 180 TCRU ASSY 308 XEROGRAPHICS 294 Replace Fuser Unit 70 Replace Imaging Unit 68 Replace Transfer Unit 69
107. 47 9 3 3VDC LOW PAPER DRV HBN 1 82 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 40 Paper Empty Put s in s Bin Initial setting TRAY 1 Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 SENSOR NO PAPER replacing condition concerned MSI SENSOR actuator replacing condition Go to step 7 With tool Does the error occur even ifthe paper is added PI End of work s Without tool Go to step 4 Checking SENSOR NO PAPER Does SENSOR NO PAPER function normally Replace PWBA Go to step 4 Using SENSOR LOW PAPER diagnostic tool check by MCU HBN Digital Input Test Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal ls P J47 7 lt gt P J47 6 3 3VDC A 5 Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Replace PWBA Replace PWBA Is P J42 19 lt gt P J42 15 3 3VDC DRV HBN MCU HBN Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal SENSOR PWBA Is P J47 5 lt gt P J47 6 3 3VDC NO PAPER DRV HBN 7 With tool Does the error occur even if the paper is added oe OPI End of work Without tool Go to step 9 Checking SENSOR NO PAPER Does SENSOR NO PAPER function normally Replace PWBA Using SENSOR LOW PAPER diagnostic tool check by MCU HBN Digital Input Test Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT2 for signal Is P J139 7PIN lt gt P J139 8PIN 3 3VDC EDIT Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT1A for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace 10 P139 3PIN lt gt J13 9PIN an gt HARNESS ASSY P139 4
108. 476 engine wire0005FB Signal line name NO TONER Y L 3 3VDC NO TONER M L 3 3VDC NO TONER C L 3 3VDC NO TONER K L 3 3VDC TCRU_Y SENSED L 3 3VDC TCRU M SENSED L 3 3VDC TCRU C SENSED L 3 3VDC TCRU SENSED L 3 3VDC ANT OUT Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Residual toner detection signal SENSOR TONER LOW Y Residual toner detection signal by SENSOR TONER LOW Residual toner detection signal by SENSOR TONER LOW Residual toner detection signal by SENSOR TONER LOW K PKG TCRU Y toner bottle detection signal Low Toner bottle present PKG TCRU M toner bottle detection signal Low Toner bottle present PKG TCRU C toner bottle detection signal Low Toner bottle present PKG TCRU K toner bottle detection signal Low Toner bottle present PWBA MCU HBN and PWBA CRUM READER communication signal PWBA MCU HBN output PWBA MCU HBN and PWBA CRUM READER communication signal PWBA CRUM READER output 7 477 85 Developer section 2 PWBA MCU PWBA DRV HBN HOLDER ASSY PL12 1 12 TONER HBN Y Interlock 24VD
109. 58 CTD Sensor Error Call for Service ADC Sensor Error FIP 17 Power down of CTD sensor page 59 Fan Motor Failure Call for Service Fan Motor Error FIP 18 Failure of Fan Motor page 60 Low Density Error Call for Service Low Density FIP 19 Toner density is low page 62 55h C5h status 1 2 55h C5h status 1 3 55h C5h status 1 4 55h C5h status 1 5 Firmware Error Call for Service Firmware Error FIP 20 Error of software page 63 Environment Sensor Error Call for Service ENV Sensor Error 55h C5h status 1 7 1 The temperature over 100 C or below 20 C was detected 2 The humidity over 100 was detected CRUM Error TC Y Call for Service Invalid ID Y TC FIP 52 CRUM TC Y Communication Error page 95 CRUM Error TC M Call for Service Invalid ID M TC FIP 52 Communication Error page 95 CRUM Error TC C Call for Service Invalid ID C TC FIP 52 CRUM TC C Communication Error page 95 CRUM Error TC K Call for Service Invalid ID x K TC FIP 52 CRUM TC K Communication Error page 95 Yellow Toner Empty Yellow Toner Empty FIP 22 Yellow toner emptied page 65 Magenta Toner Empty Magenta Toner Empty FIP 23 Magenta toner emptied page 66 Cyan Toner Empty Cyan Toner Empty 24 Cyan toner emptied page 67 Black Toner Empty Black Toner Empty FIP 25 Black toner emptied page 68 PHD Life Over Replace Imaging Unit FIP 26 PHD ASSY life expired page 69 BTR Life Over Replace Transfer Unit FIP 2
110. 6xL8 METAL PL3 3 7 is the same shape as TURN ROLL BEARING METAL PL3 3 25 but it is not Periodical Replacement Parts 5 381 PL 4 1 Housing Assy Retard Illustration W 1 with 2 13 engine partslist0006FA 5 382 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 4 1 Housing Assy Retard List Parts name HOUSING ASSY RETARD with 2 13 865802K52290 ROLLE TURN shes len antares ein 865059K19940 SHAFTERT Dan eee nius Refer to Item 1 CLUTCH ASSY 000000 865005K06280 ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI 1 865059K19950 HOLDER RETARD annee etate Refer to Item 1 HOUSING RETARD u manner Refer to Item 1 BEARING et ee a 865013 18061 CLUTCH TURN ae 865121 89370 ce 865026 77720 SPRING RETARD 370 sese 865809E28671 CAP RETARD i niei uite 865021 97470 BEARING 20000000 000000 865016 19270 1 Periodical Replacement Parts 5 383 PL 5 1 Chute Assy In Illustration 35030 W 1 with 2 30 4232 18 with 20 engine partslistO007FC 5 384 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 5 1 Chute Assy In List 1 1 SO U O N
111. 7 BTR ASSY life expired page 70 Fuser Life Over Replace Fuser Unit FIP 28 FUSER ASSY life expired page 71 Y Toner Tape Staying Reinstall Y TC and Remove Seal FIP 53 Y Toner Tape not Pulled out Error page 96 M Toner Tape Staying Reinstall M TC and Remove Seal FIP 53 M Toner Tape not Pulled out Error page 96 C Toner Tape Staying Reinstall C TC and Remove Seal FIP 53 C Toner Tape not Pulled out Error page 96 K Toner Tape Staying Reinstall and Remove Seal FIP 53 K Toner Tape not Pulled out Error page 96 55h C5h status 1 6 FIP 21 page 64 55h C5h status 2 0 55h C5h status 2 1 55h C5h status 2 2 55h C5h status 2 3 56h C6h 0 56h C6h 1 56h C6h 2 56h C6h 3 56h C6h 4 56h C6h 5 56h C6h 6 57h C7h 0 57h C7h 1 57h C7h 2 57h C7h 3 1 33 Error status code Name of error Reference Contents of error CTD Sensor Dustiness ADC Sensor Dustiness Error FIP 29 CTD sensor signal level below specified value page 72 Front Cover Front Cover Open FIP 30 Front cover open page 73 Yellow Toner Near Empty Yellow Toner Low FIP 31 Yellow toner shortage page 74 Magenta Toner Near Empty Magenta Toner Low FIP 32 Magenta toner shortage page 75 Cyan Toner Near Empty Cyan Toner Low FIP 33 Cyan toner shortage page 76 Black Toner Near Empty Black Toner Low FIP 34 Black toner shortage page 77 PHD Life Warning Imaging Unit Life Low FIP 35 PHD ASSY life running out page 78 BTR Life War
112. A CRUM READER HARNESS ASSY RFID2 J341 3411 COVER HOLDER CRUM BOX ASSY READER with 16 20 865695K10970 ACTUATOR SENSOR 2 2 2 0011 865020E36250 TONER VALUE KIT 1710551 100 HOLDER TONER 55 865113K82680 5 395 PL 11 1 Frame 8 Drive Illustration v 98 with 11 12 v 99 with 17 18 engine partslist0013FD 5 396 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 11 1 Frame amp Drive List Parts name PLATE LEVER L BRACKET LEVER LINK LEVER Lo o TN 865012E10040 LEVER DRUM rannte 865011E10730 SPRING LEVER 30 865809E28430 EINKEEVERR nr ed 865012E10030 PLATE LEVERR ACTUATOR Lala 865120E18682 SPRING MU a 2 ote i here Edere ced 865809E28460 GEAR IDL PRESS enc taza 865007E65810 GEAR PRESSE uon ee NT d 865007E65791 SPRING IDI ade teet I Rr eret 865809E28440 DEVE DRIVE ASSY a u D EE ORIS 865007K87990 MAIN DRIVE ASSY isti Hain 865007K87980 FEM REG dsc ei tette ala 865035E58130 PWBA ASSY 865160K70780 SPRING IDP Ekrene ot ene e etes 865809E28450 GEAR PRESS b 3 uite urea 865007E65801 GEAR ASSY PRESS R with 11 12 865007K87251 GEAR ASSY PRESS L with 17 18
113. ARD PL4 1 1 4 Remove the CLUTCH TURN from the shaft of the HOUSING ASSY RETARD Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 229 RRP4 5 STUD RTD PL4 1 10 Ed PT G gt iN HOUSING ASSY RETARD CA ll lt o STUD RTD SPURING RTD CAP RTD engine rrp0048FA Figure STUD RTD Removal 3 230 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the CHUTE ASSY RRP9 3 2 Remove the HOUSING ASSY RETARD RRP4 1 3 Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the CAP RTD PL4 1 12 to the convex portion at the lower part of the HOUSING ASSY RETARD PL4 1 1 4 Removethe CAP RTD from the HOUSING ASSY RETARD together with the STUD RTD and SPRING RTD 370 14 1 11 5 Remove the STUD RTD from the CAP RTD Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 231 RRP5 CHUTE ASSY IN RRP5 1 CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 FRONT ASSY IN S HVPS LEFT SIDE VIEW PWBA DRV HBN CHUTE ASSY IN LVPS gt 290 N y l
114. ASSY LEVER L SPRING LEVER 30N engine rrp0107FB Figure LEVER DRUM L Removal 1 TAS N A T GEAR IDL PRESS y RY CA JOA GEAR PRESS L y v AN Wa 25 KI Ze 4 LINK LEVER DRUM L engine rrp0125FA Figure LEVER DRUM L Removal 2 3 330 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures LINK LEVER L GEAR IDL PRESS GEAR PRESSL e EN GLO EX 3 Figure LEVER DRUM L Replacement Removal 1 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 O Remove the LINK L RRP1 7 10 Remove the HSG ASSY BIAS RRP9 2 11 Remove 4 screws securing the PLATE LEVER L PL11 1 1 from the left side surface of the printer 12 Remove the PLATE LEVER L from the printer 13 Release the hook of the SPRING LEVER 30N PL11 1 5 hitched over the convex portion of the 4 LEVER DRUM from the left side surface of the printer 14 Remove the LINK LEVER L PL11 1 3 from the printer together with the SPRING LEVER 30N 15 Remove the LEVER DRUM L from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal In replacing the LINK LEVER L PL11 1
115. ASSY DISPENSER In the following steps do not separate the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT and HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K too far since they are connected by a harness 18 After sliding the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K rightward from the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT raise the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K slightly 19 Extract the motor connector P J514 from the right side surface of the HOLDER ASSY 20 Disconnect the connector P J704 of SENSOR NO TONER PL10 1 5 of HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K 21 Shift the harness from the hook at the bottom portion of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal Execute the following diagnosis after having exchanged HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN NOTE K 2 7 11 Holder Toner Assy Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 3 319 RRP10 6 ACTUATOR TCRU ASSY PL10 1 6 ACTUATOR TCRU ASSY LEFT HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN engine rrp0103FC Figure SWITCH TCRU ASSY Removal 3 320 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 11 12 13 Remove the HOLDER A
116. ASSY TNR4 for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J702 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNRA Checking SENSOR TONER LOW Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR TONER LOW Go to step 6 End of work was replaced with a new one With tool Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Go to step 7 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Is 12 22 lt gt J42 9 continuous normally Without tool Go to step 8 Checking TONER MOTOR Does TONER MOTOR function normally Check the toner Using TONER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital stirring AUGER or Go to step 8 Output Test gear for damage In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 9 Replace PWBA Is P J51 26PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuity a Is J512 lt gt J51 continuous normally Qoo sep Tio SN Go to step 11 End of work Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA 411 29 lt gt J41 12 HBN and if 11 30 lt gt J41 11 still faulty replace 411 31 lt gt J41 10 PWBA MCU HBN 11 32 lt gt J41 9 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 66 24 Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition Chapter 1 Troub
117. BN for signal Is 51 10 lt gt P J51 11 less than 0 2VDC PR TO Replace rr E TNR4 for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY s J704 lt gt J51 continuous normally Checking SENSOR TONER LOW Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR TONER LOW Go to step 6 End of work was replaced with a new one With tool Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 for continuity Go to step 7 Replace the parts concerned Gato Sep 12 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Is 12 24 lt gt J42 7 continuous normally Without tool Go to step 8 Checking TONER MOTOR Does TONER MOTOR function normally Check the toner Using TONER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital stirring AUGER or Go to step 8 Output Test gear for damage In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Is P J51 36 lt gt P J60 2 24VDC DRV HBN 12 Replace ID HARNESS ASSY End of work Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA J11 37 lt gt J41 4 DRV HBN and if J11 38 lt gt J41 3 still faulty replace J11 39 lt gt J41 2 PWBA MCU HBN J11 40 lt gt J41 1 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 89 FIP 47 PHD Life Over 2 Replace Imaging Unit we w Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts PHD ASSY replacing condition concerned PHD ASSY in PWBA CRUM replacing condition Checking PWBA CRUM for connection Replace 2 15 PWBA connector conn
118. BTR PKG 72 PL8 1 12 P J601 1 DEVE Y il vu Detack P J602 0602 DEVEM P J 1 1603 DEVE C P J604 1 or DEVEK PHD ASSY PKG PL9 1 3 7 486 engine wire0010FI Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Description Current control signal of BTR output analog value M ON L 24VDC Voltage monitor signal of BTR output analog value DTS ON L 24VDC ON OFF control signal of DTS output HV MONI BTR V Voltage monitor signal of BTR output analog value Secondary transfer output from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to IDT2 IDT2 CLEANER Output from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to IDT2 Cleaner IDT1 Primary transfer output from HVPS PWBA MCU HBN to IDT1 IDT1 CLEANER Output from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to IDT1 Cleaner Output from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to Refresher Charging output from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to HTC DEVEY Se from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to Developer Y Magnet DEVEM RU from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to Developer M Magnet DEVE an from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to Developer C Magnet Output from HVPS in PWBA MCU HBN to Developer K Magnet DEVE K Roll Discharging output from S HVPS to Detack Saw in BTR Assy Third transfer output from S HVPS to BTR in BTR Assy 7 487 810 Paper feed section PWBA MCU HBN
119. C Toner Motor Y ooo PBI PUM ory aq 21 gt ar vd 5 25 5 16 22 17 AC 4 26 gt MOT YB 5 MOT YB T TMOT Y XA Motor Y TMOT Y XA 27 lt lt 14 2477 212 Y XB TMOT Y XB 28 gt lt 13 25 54 K lt 1 HOLDER ASSY TONER PL10 1 2 Interlock 24VDC Toner Motor M P51 oaype Post Pitt P J41 26 gt lt 5 TMOT MA 29 gt lt 12 27 gt C 4 30 MM A gt TMOT M XA Motor M TMOT M XA 31 Tmor 2 10 Control 2 mor M XB 2 32 gt 9 30 GAO 1 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C PL10 1 3 Interlock 24VDC Toner Motor C Poo PHS BA rea PH 31 gt a on KE gt 8 32 gt 34 33 T _ _ Motor C TMOT_C_XA 35 Tor c xB 2 9 Control or Te 36 D 5 35 1 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K PL10 1 4 Interlock 24VDC Toner Motor K P J51 P J514 usano Pitt P J41 36 lt 5 37 gt lt 4 37 Pa _ Motor K 39 2 2 Control 39 Te 2 40 SA 1 40 E otc 1 engine wire0006FB 7 478 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name Description E u A TMOT_Y_A TMOT_Y
120. C voltage shakes the developer on the magnet roll surface pressing the toner to fly to the drum Thus the toner charged negatively is attracted only by the area where the minus charge has decreased on the drum surface from the magnet roll static latent image and the toner image is formed on the drum When the toner is attached minus charge at that portion increases potential decreases and force to attract the toner decreases Chapter 6 Principles of Operation PKG TCRU Toner Cartridge Negative electric charge Positive electric charge Toner Carrier Agitator 0000 Auger Trimmer Rod Magnet Roll Paddle engine 0012 Dram surface Electric potention on drum 9 0 O O 6 4 O O 2 APPS 4 V 0000 0000 20000 100 o 0 00 tnt _ Developing bias 000 lt gt lt gt 0000 2 Ind lt 00 0 00 Y lt gt lt gt O lt gt lt gt gt Y lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt Y Y lt O KX O Toner image 0 lt 9 on 0 O O 00 0 0 O o lt gt engine principle0013FA engine principle0014FA 6 411 1 3 4 Primary transfer drum gt IDT 1 In the primary transfer process toner image formed on the drum surface is transferred onto the surface of the IDT
121. CHUTE ASSY IN RRP6 CHUTE ASSY OUT RRP7 CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP8 BTR ASSY amp FUSER RRP9 XEROGRAPHICS 10 TCRU ASSY 11 FRAME 8 DRIVE 12 ELECTRICAL Parts are controlled as spare parts When servicing for parts for which no procedures are described observe their assembling condition before starting the service For optional parts refer to the manual for them Though the optional parts are assumed to be removed they may not be removed if not required for the purpose of service operation Before starting service work Turn the power OFF and remove the power cord from the electric outlet Remove the PHD ASSY PKG PL9 1 3 before starting the disassembling process Remove the TCRU ASSY as necessary and perform disassembly process When performing service operation for parts around the FUSER ASSY start the service after the FUSER ASSY and parts around it have cooled down Do not give forcible power to prevent damage of parts or functions Since a wide variety of screws are used be careful not to mistake their positions to prevent crushing of the screw holes or other troubles Wear wrist band or the like as far as possible to remove static electricity of the human body 3 143 1 2 Description of procedures 4 4 RRP X Y AAAAMA at the top of procedures represent the parts AAAAA are to be removed replaced PL 2 following the pa
122. COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the HARNESS ASSY TMPB A Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal Remove a screw securing the SENSOR HUM TEMP 3 191 RRP3 7 HARNESS ASSY PL3 2 3 HARNESS ASSY OPFREC REAR engine rrp0026FA Figure HARNESS ASSY OPFREC Removal 3 192 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 9 Shift the harness of the HARNESS ASSY OPFREC from the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R of the FEEDER ASSY UNIT 10 Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the HARNESS ASSY OPFREC to the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R 11 Pull out the HARNESS ASSY downward from the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 193 RRP3 8 SWITCH ASSY SIZE 3 2 4 e engine rrp0027FA Figure SWITCH ASSY SIZE Removal 3 194 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE RRP1 9 5 Remove the C
123. Check AC SW for continuity Replace Disconnect the POWER CORD and wait for 10 seconds With the POWER CORD disconnected turn the AC SW on Replace VPS AST Is J161 1PIN lt gt J161 2PIN continuous normally 1 112 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Blown fuse in LVPS AC power supply failure Checking LVPS Disconnect the connectors J163 J165 and J164 from the LVPS and turn the AC SW on Sono SEPA Replace Eo Is P163 1PIN lt gt P163 2PIN 24VDC Checking LVPS ls P165 1PIN lt gt P165 2PIN 5VDC Go to step A Replace LVPS Go to step 2 Checking LVPS ls P165 3PIN lt gt P165 4PIN 3 3VDC RV ee Checking HARNESS ASSY LV RPG Turn the AC SW off and connect J164 to the LVPS then ODECE HARNESS Go to step 6 ASSY LV RPG for turn the AC SW on fame shor Is P J164 1PIN lt gt P J164 2PIN 3 3VDC Checking HARNESS ASSY LVNC3 Turn the AC SW off and connect J165 to the LVPS then Chee HARNESS Go to step 7 ASSY LVNC3 for turn the AC SW on set Is P J165 1PIN lt gt P J165 2PIN 5VDC Checking HARNESS ASSY 24V Turn the AC SW off and connect J163 to the LVPS then HARNESS End of work ASSY 24V for turn the AC SW on frame short Is P J163 1PIN lt gt P J163 2PIN 24VDC 1 113 4 Preventive Maintenance When you visit a customer perform preventive maintenance services everytime you visit the customer to prevent possible
124. DE L RRP1 14 8 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 9 Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD RRP1 5 10 Remove the LINK R RRP1 8 11 Remove the MAIN DRIVE ASSY RRP11 5 12 Remove the DEVE DRIVE ASSY RRP11 4 13 From the right side surface of the printer release the hook of the SPRING I R PL11 1 9 hitched over the convex portion of the PLATE LEVER R PL11 1 7 14 From the printer release the hook at 1 position securing the ACTUATOR I R to the shaft on the PLATE LEVER R 15 Remove the ACTUATOR I R from the PLATE LEVER R together with the SPRING I R 16 Remove the SPRING I R from the ACTUATOR I R Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 335 RRP11 4 DEVE DRIVE ASSY PL11 1 13 w 4 J P MAL We FA D N f 7 S 5 AN V EAL DE 7 A 0 N AN 0 SS O o S mi 2 A W S DEVE DRIVE ASSY N NI N y N engine rrp0110FC Figure DEVE DRIVE ASSY Removal 3 336 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 3 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 4 Remove the PWBA HBN RRP12 6 5 Remove 5 screws securing the DEVE DRIVE ASSY from the right side surface of the printer 6 Remove the DEVE DRIVE ASSY from the printe
125. EISE FA babens ee 371 1 1 Caution for se of parts list uii E HE ER e Re Eee SR P A eiae de dea 371 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 403 1 PEE 405 1 1 Summary of Printing Process A ena 405 1 2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes 406 1 3 Description of Printing Process 407 2 Plow of Print e 420 Mn 420 3 Drive Transmission OBI 5o ce ine n ee tte ie 421 3 1 MAIN DRIVE ASSY aceite ici ee are E Lu ee ue eo P d eek 421 32 DEVE DRIVE ASSY nastat kan mera dag eet Eee tau ech Par an A Een FA anaes 422 3 3 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y M C 2 80 20 10 0000 000000 ne trennen nennen nennen 422 34 FUSER DRIVE ASSY nannte tta 423 3 5 MOTOR ASSY DUP t oae reti ete Nahen a aet ve 423 36 GEAR LAYOUT ur nue Tr tt ap M PL alee fev lea 424 2 Paper Transport ad eub qul o br dg equite acu 425 4 1 Paper Transport Route without 425 4 2 Layout of Paper Transfer Route nn anna nn anne een 426 5 Functions of Major Functional
126. ER 11 Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the SENSOR PHOTO LOW PAPER to the PICKUP ASSY PL3 3 1 12 Remove the SENSOR PHOTO LOW PAPER from the PICKUP ASSY Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 209 RRP3 16 ACTUATOR NO PAPER PL3 3 5 t LIE ACTUATOR NO PAPER REAR Eee TOP FRONT engine rrp0039FB Figure ACTUATOR NO PAPER Removal 3 210 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 9 Remove the PICKUP ASSY RRP3 12 10 Turn up the PICKUP ASSY PL3 3 1 11 Release the hook at 1 position securing the ACTUATOR NO PAPER to the PICKUP ASSY and extract the left side shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER 12 Pull out the ACTUATOR NO PAPER left upward from the PICKUP ASSY Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 211 RRP3 17 LINK ACTUATOR PL3 3 6 engine rrp0040FA Figure LINK ACTUATOR Removal 3 212 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Pull outthe CASSETTE from the printer 2 Shift the bracket of the LINK ACTUATOR from the shaft of the ACTUATOR NO PAPER PL3 3 5 of the printe
127. ERS RRP1 1 CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA PL1 1 1 CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD BOTTOM VIEW engine rrp0001FA Figure CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA Removal 3 146 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD PL1 1 2 RRP1 2 2 Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA PL1 1 1 to the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD 3 Remove the CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA from the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 147 RRP1 2 COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD PL1 1 2 COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD engine rrp0002FB Figure COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD Removal 3 148 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Release the latch at B of the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 2 Push the catch of the LEVER POP UP PL1 1 32 which holds the hook to the right side of the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD and then remove the LEVER POP PL1 1 32 from the HOLDER LEVER OUT 3 Pull up the handle of the LEVER POP UP PL1 1 32 which holds the hook to the side of the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD and then remove the LEVER POP UP PL1 1 32 from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 4 Release the hooks at 4 positions securing the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD to the CHUTE ASSY OUT Do not separate the CHUTE ASSY OUT and COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD too far in the following process since they are c
128. ETTE using a mini screwdriver or the like 4 Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY FRONT from the CASSETTE Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 179 RRP3 PAPER FEEDER RRP3 1 CHUTE ASSY TURN PL3 1 2 CHUTE ASSY TURN engine rrp0022FA Figure CHUTE ASSY TURN Removal 1 CHUTE ASSY TURN engine rrp0023FA Figure CHUTE ASSY TURN Removal 2 3 180 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Pull outthe CASSETTE from the printer Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the CHUTE ASSY TURN to the printer FEEDER Turn the CHUTE ASSY 90 degrees rearward from the printer FEEDER Release the hook securing the right and left shaft of the CHUTE ASSY TURN to the printer FEEDER O O N Pull out the CHUTE ASSY TURN from the printer FEEDER and remove Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 181 RRP3 2 COVER CST SLIDE PL3 1 3 COVER CST SLIDE engine rrp0138FC Figure COVER CST SLIDE Removal 3 182 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the Cassette 2 Right and left of COVER CST SLIDE pushed claw on either side is removed from the projection of HOUSING FEEDER L and HOUSING FEEDER R and COVER CST SLIDE is removed Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 183 RRP3 3 FEEDER ASSY UNIT REFERENCE ONLY FEED ASSY UNIT
129. FUSER ASSY mainly consists of the following parts Heat Rolle Belt Unit Heater Lamp Roll Assy Exit Thermostats Exit Sensor Temp Sensor Fuser EEPROM Fuser NCS V Exit Sensor Detects passage of print after fixed based on the change of position of the actuator V BTR PKG 72 The BTR PKG 72 consists of a BTR Bias Transfer Roll and a waste toner recovery system The BTR Bias Transfer Roll is opposed to the IDT 2 in the PHD ASSY and transfer the toner image on the IDT 2 onto the paper V FAN FUSER The FAN FUSER exhausts the heat of FUSER ASSY to prevent inside temperature from overheating 6 440 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 7 2 Reference diagram FUSER ASSY Exit Sensor FAN FUSER BTR PKG 72 engine principle0038FB 6 441 5 8 Xerographics 5 8 1 Major functions V ROSASSY 6 442 ROS ASSY Raster Output Scanner Assembly is an exposure unit to generate laser beams to form electrostatic latent image on the drum surface In this manual the ROS ASSY is referred to as ROS ASSY The ROS ASSY mainly consists of the following parts LD ASSY Scanner ASSY SOS PWB Lens Mirror Window PHD ASSY PKG PHD ASSY PKG carries out a series of operation in the print process such as charging developing and transfer PHD ASSY PKG mainly consists of the following parts Drum Y Developer Y Drum M Developer M Drum Developer Drum Developer K
130. Failure Call for Service Fan Motor Error Ye ww Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts FAN FUSER replacing condition concerned FAN REAR replacing condition Go to step 2 With tool With tool Isolating faulty FAN Go to step 3 Go to step 15 Does the FAN REAR rotate when printing 1 sheet Without tool Without tool Go to step 4 Go to step 16 Checking FAN REAR Does FAN REAR function normally Replace PWBA Go to step 4 Using FAN REAR diagnostic tool check by Digital Output MCU HBN Test Checking LVPS for signal Print 1 sheet Go to step 9 Go to step 5 Is P J166 1PIN lt gt P J166 3PIN 24VDC Checking LVPS for signal Print 1 sheet Go to step 6 Replace LVPS Is P J165 6PIN lt gt P J165 2PIN OVDC Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Replace Print 1 sheet Go to step 7 HARNESS ASSY Is P J61 3PIN lt gt P J61 7PIN OVDC LVNC3 Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Print 1 sheet Go to step 8 o ER Is P J42 12PIN lt gt P J42 14PIN OVDC Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Replace Print 1 sheet cU HEN A HARNESS ASSY Is P J12 19PIN lt gt P J12 17PIN OVDC DRV2 2 Checking FAN REAR Check if an error occurs though the Fan Rear was replaced Go to step 10 End of work with a new one Checking LVPS for signal Print 1 sheet buno Go to step 11 Is P J166 2PIN lt gt P J166 3PIN 3 3VDC Checking LVPS for signal Print 1 sheet Replace LVPS Go t
131. HUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 9 Remove 1 screw securing the SWITCH ASSY SIZE from the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R of the FEEDER ASSY UNIT 10 Remove the connector P J471 on the SWITCH ASSY SIZE 11 Remove the SWITCH ASSY SIZE from the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 195 RRP3 9 LEVER LOW PAPER PL3 2 7 MMC lt LEFT VIEW LEVER LOW PAPER HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L engine rrp0028FA Figure LEVER LOW PAPER Removal 1 LEVER LOW PAPER engine rrp0029FA Figure LEVER LOW PAPER Removal 2 3 196 Removal 1 0 O N 0 1 1 1 Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 Remove the INDICATOR RRP3 10 Remove the GUIDE INDECATOR RRP3 11 Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R RRP3 5 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures 12 Deflecting the shaft of the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R securing the right axis of the LEVER LOWER PAPER from the bottom surface of the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R and shift the right axis 13 Push in the actuator
132. IN DRIVE ASSY exciting signal FSR CLOCK XFSR ENA FSR F H FSR CW CCW DA FSRMOT FUSER DRIVE ASSY drive control signal U FSR V W FUSER DRIVE ASSY exciting signal DUP B DUP TDB DUP A DUP TDA DA_DUPMOT MOTOR ASSY DUP drive control signal DUP_A DUP_B DUP_XA DUP_XB MOTOR ASSY DUP exciting signal FAN FSR STOP FAN ESR LOW FAN drive control signal FAN FSR ON H 24VDC FAN FSR ON OFF control signal FAN FSR FAIL H 3 3VDC FAN FSR fail detection signal High Fail Low Normal Outline of DEVE DRIVE ASSY G Motor type Hybrid stepping motor G Stepping angle 3 75 G Winding resistance 1 6Q 10 phase 25 C G Exciting seguence Exciting Step 3 phases Outline of MAIN DRIVE ASSY G Motor type Hybrid stepping motor G Stepping angle 3 75 G Winding resistance 1 35Q 10 phase 25 C G Exciting seguence Exciting Step 3 phases 7 473 Outline of FUSER DRIVE ASSY G Motor type Hybrid stepping motor G Stepping angle 3 75 G Winding resistance 1 4Q 10 phase 25 C G Exciting sequence Exciting Step 3 phases 1 Outline of MOTOR ASSY DUP G Motor type Hybrid stepping motor G Stepping angle 1 8 0 09 G Winding resistance 5 5Q 10 phase 25 C G Exciting seguence Exciting Step 2 phases 7 474 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Blank Page 7 475 84 Developer section 1
133. IT 2 7 11 Holder Toner Assy Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 3 311 RRP10 2 HOLDER ASSY TONER Y PL10 1 1 A LAD H engine rrp0096FC NE HOLDER ASSY TONER Y E ASA hls je Figure HOLDER ASSY TONER HBNY Removal 3 312 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 O Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 12 From the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT release the hook securing the toner discharging unit of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBNY on the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER L PL10 1 13 with a mini screwdriver 13 From the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER pull out the toner discharging unit on the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y rightward 14 Extract the connector P J511 of the motor from the right side surface of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBNY 15 Disconnect the connector P J701 of SENSOR NO TONER PL10 1 5 of HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y 16 Shift the harness from the hook at the bottom portion of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y In the following steps do not separate the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT and HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M too far since they are connected with harness 17 Remove the screws securing the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y on the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER 18 Slide the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y to the upper right direction from the HOLDE
134. Is J136 lt gt J1361 continuous normally CTD s Replace o oot RARNESS ASSY FRONT1A 5 Checking HARNESS ASSY CTD for signal Replace SENSOR Replace PWBA Is P J1361 1PIN lt gt P J1361 3PIN OVDC ADC ASSY MCU HBN 1 72 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 30 Front Cover Front Cover Open Initial setting With tool Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 PWBA DRV HBN replacing condition A concerned Without tool Front Cover replacing condition Go to step 3 Interlock SW actuator replacing condition Checking Interlock SW Does Interlock SW function normally Replace PWBA Using Interlock SW diagnostic tool check by Digital Input MCU HBN Test Go to step 3 Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Close the FRONT COVER Is P J41 35PIN lt gt P J41 22PIN OVDC Replace PWBA Replace PWBA MCU HBN DRV HBN 1 73 FIP 31 Yellow Toner Near Empty Yellow Toner Low Ye wo Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE 2 Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 7PIN lt gt P J51 8PIN less than 0 2VDC E 5210 Replace ShsckingHARNESTRSST TNRA for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J701 lt gt J51
135. Is the value of NVM correct MCU HBN of NVM 1 63 21 Environment Sensor Error Call for Service Sensor Error Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR HUM TEMP replacing condition Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Checking HARNESS ASSY TMPA for signal Is P J2361 1PIN lt gt P J2361 2PIN less than 3VDC or Go to step 4 Go to step 3 0 1VDC Checking HARNESS ASSY TMPA for signal Go to step 4 Replace PWBA Is P J2361 3PIN lt gt P J2361 2PIN more than 2 5VDC MCU HBN Checking 55 ASSY for signal Replace SENSOR Replace PWBA Is P J2361 4PIN lt gt P J2361 2PIN 5VDC HUM TEMP MCU HBN 1 64 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 22 Yellow Toner Empty Yellow Toner Empty Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 7PIN lt gt P J51 8PIN less than 0 2VDC Peis RS E 5210 Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J701 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNRA Checking SENSOR TONER LOW Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR TONER LOW Go to step 6 End of work was replaced with a new one With tool Checki
136. K L Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 159 RRP1 8 LINK R PL1 1 23 SPRING LINK R engine rrp0008FA Figure LINK R Removal 3 160 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 3 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 4 Extract the upper hook of the SPRING LINK R PL1 1 22 from the projection on the right side of the printer 5 Slide the LINK R rearward from the printer and align the shaft of the printer and the hole of the LINK R 6 Remove the LINK R from the printer together with the SPRING LINK R 7 Remove the SPRING LINK R from the LINK R Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 161 RRP1 9 COVER SIDE R PL1 1 24 COVER SIDE R engine rrp0010FB Figure COVER SIDE R Removal 3 162 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 3 Remove 1 screw securing the COVER SIDE R to the printer 4 Release a hook securing the COVER SIDE R at 1 position at the front end to the printer 5 Remove the COVER SIDE R from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 163 RRP1 10 COVER ASSY FRONT IN PL1 1 25 COVER ASSY FRONT IN engine rrp0011FB
137. LVPS PL12 1 10 on the right side of the printer Remove 1 screw securing the WIRE ASSY FSR EARTH PL5 1 20 on the right side of the printer Release the harness P J52 of the FUSER DRIVE ASSY PL5 1 18 from the clamp on the MAIN DRIVE ASSY PL11 1 14 20 Shift the harness P J162 of the HARNESS ASSY FSR3 FSR32 FSR4 PL5 1 9 from the hook of the housing on the right side of the printer 21 Release the latch at A from the printer and pull out the CHUTE ASSY IN toward the front and remove 16 17 18 19 YS ws lt Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 234 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Blank Page 3 235 RRP5 2 SENSOR ADC ASSY PL5 1 11 SENSOR ADC ASSY ASSY IN SPRING ADC lt lt TP SPRING ADC engine rrp0053FA Figure SENSOR CTD ASSY Removal 3 236 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Release the latch at A from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Release the hooks at 4 positions securing the SENSOR ADC ASSY to the CHUTE ASSY IN of the printer 4 Raise the SENSOR ADC ASSY slightly from the CHUTE ASSY IN and pull out the connector P J136 5 Remove the SENSOR ADC ASSY from the CHUTE ASSY IN together with the SPRING ADC PL5 1 12 6 Remove the SPRING ADC from the SENSOR ADC ASSY Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal
138. N PL12 1 1 FAN REAR P J232 P J166 PL12 1 2 P J2362 P J24 P J138 P J13 PWBA DRV HBN LLE Om 2 LVPS SWITCH ASSY SIZE i ROS ASSY P J151 P J15 PL12 1 10 PUT pL3 24 PL9 1 1 P J163 P J60 PHD ASSY PLATEASSY 7 No Paper Sensor PKG PLATE ASSY PL9 13 DISPENSER P J710 P J71 P J140 P J165 P J61 HBN CRUM PL10 1 13 AMI ar Low Paper Sensor P J311 P J164 PTS P J145 ae y we P J144 4 i SOLENOID FEED la am RN eun 74 SENSOR TONER FULL prias 41 2 P Ja2 PL5 1 13 CLUTCH ASSY TURN PL3 3 18 SENSOR HUMTEMP P J2361 P J24 3 PL3 2 2 SYIT MAIN DRIVE ASSY i PL11 1 14 SENSOR ADC ASSY P J1361 P J13 PL5 1 11 52 DEVE DRIVE ASSY 2 PL11 1 13 1 Detack S P J5030 P J5011 BTR DelackSaw ITO FUSER DRIVE ASSY 9705020 PL10 1 15 FUBITO PITO Pijiar MOTOR ASSY DUP PHD ASSY PKG pro 1702 pre A PL9 1 3 IDA i o FUSER i IDT2 CLEANER _ 3802 PUT Hori MM LZ AI s SENSOR NO TONER Y 26 P J51 PUT Pli045 inn LIDT1CLEANER __ m mes SENSOR NO TONER M RFB P J805 105 I HTC P J804 n SENSOR NO TONER C P J703 PL10 1 5 DEVEY P J601 m SENSOR NO TONER K DEVEM P J602 loja DEVE C PWBA CRUM READER zd PW342 101 18 DEVEK P J604 A 0 mm P J34 P J3411 H P J
139. NT Diagnostics Input Test 0250 DIAG OFF FIRMWARE Diagnostics Output Test The windows that show the printer conditions are as follows Window name Description Current operation mode is displayed Mode For the modes refer to 6 2 Operation Modes in Section 6 Operational Principle The contents of errors in ERROR mode are displayed If any error is displayed here the printer cannot perform printing operation For the errors refer to Section 1 Troubleshooting The errors related to the lifetime in the ERROR mode are displayed The printer can perform printing operation if no error is displayed in the Call window but errors are displayed only in this window For the errors refer to Section 1 Troubleshooting Warnings for the printer are displayed For the errors refer to Section 1 Troubleshooting Life Over 2 121 2 3 3 Executing stopping the diagnosis Executing diagnosis At the time of Diagnostic Commander starting it is Ready mode and TEST PRINT FIRMWARE and Diagnostics Input Test can perform it in this state Click the DIAG ON button it will go into Diag mode and selection of EEPROM and the Diagnostics Output Test button will be attained TEST PRINT cannot be performed in Diag mode FIRMWARE and Diagnostics Input Test can be performed irrespective of the mode Stopping diagnosis Click the DIAG OFF button and current d
140. OM Checking PHD ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace new PHD ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN 1 78 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 36 BTR Life Warning Transfer Unit Life Low Initial setting With tool Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 BTR ASSY replacing condition concerned Without tool SENSOR TONER FULL replacing condition Go to step 3 Checking SENSOR TONER FULL Does SENSOR TONER FULL function normally Go to step 6 Go to step 3 Using SENSOR TONER FULL diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Test E Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for signal Is P J141 3PIN lt gt P J141 1PIN 5VDC Go to step 5 EO ASSY Replace HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS Checking BTR ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace new BTR ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for continuity Replace SENSOR Is J142 lt gt J142 continuous normally TONER FULL Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for signal 3 Remove the BTR ASSY Go to step 6 Go to step 4 Is P J141 2PIN lt gt P J141 1PIN OVDC 1 79 FIP 37 Fuser Life Warning Fuser Life Low Check Yes No Checking NVM Does the error occur even if the Fuser counter is cleared Gone step 2 End of work Replace FUSER ASSY Replace PWBA Does the error happen MCU HBN oo 1 80 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 38 CTD Sensor Dustiness ADC Sensor Dustiness Warning Ye wo Initial setting C
141. P 5 page 44 FIP 6 page 45 FIP 7 page 46 FIP 50 page 93 FIP 50 page 93 FIP 50 page 93 FIP 50 page 93 FIP 8 page 47 FIP 51 page 94 1 31 of error Reference Error status code Contents of error FIP Media Type Mismatch Media Type Mismatch 54h C4h 0 1 Plain paper was detected in the printing by selecting OHP FIP 9 page 2 OHP was detected in the printing by selecting plain paper 48 3 Detected OHP while power is on or interlock is closed Feed Jam Media Feed Jam FIP 10 54h C4h 1 PET Regi sensor cannot detect paper within specified time page 49 Regi Jam Media Jam Registration 54h C4h 2 1 Regi sensor cannot detect passage of paper within specified time FIP 11 2 Sensor detected a paper while power is or interlock is page 52 closed Fuser Jam Media Jam Fuser 54h C4h 3 1 Exit sensor cannot detect passage of paper within specified time FIP 12 2 Exit Sensor detected a paper while power is on or interlock is page 53 closed Duplex Jam Media Jam Duplex 1 Duplex jam sensor cannot detect passage of paper within FIP 13 54h C4h 4 specified time page 54 2 Duplex Jam Sensor detected a paper while power is on or interlock is closed ROS Failure Call for Service ROS Motor FIP 14 55h C5h status 1 0 1 Laser power down page 56 2 SOS signal not detected Fuser Lamp kept lighting for 180 seconds or more Fuser Lamp keeps lighting for 7 seconds or more and temper
142. PIN lt gt J13 8PIN FRONT1A 139 lt gt J13 7PIN Go to step 9 Replace HARNESS ASSY FRONT2 Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT2 for signal Replace SENSOR Is P J135 3PIN lt gt P J135 2PIN 3 3VDC NO PAPER 1 83 41 Upper Cassette Detached Adjust Input Bin 1 84 Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SW ASSY SIZE replacing condition Actuator replacing condition PAPER CASSETTE replacing condition Checking SW ASSY SIZE Does SW ASSY SIZE function normally Using SW ASSY SIZE diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Test Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Check the following and does the result meet the combination table P J47 1PIN lt gt P J47 3PIN P J47 2PIN lt gt P J47 3PIN P J47 4PIN lt gt P J47 3PIN Refer to paper size control of operation principle Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Check the following and does the result meet the combination table P J42 16PIN lt gt P J42 15PIN P J42 17PIN lt gt P J42 15PIN P J42 18PIN lt gt P J42 15PIN Replace the parts concerned Replace PWBA MCU HBN Go to step 4 Replace PWBA MCU HBN With tool Go to step 2 Without tool Go to step 3 Go to step 3 Replace SW ASSY SIZE Replace PWBA DRV HBN Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 42 Full Stack Output Bin Full Initial setting With tool Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 SENSOR F
143. Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 9 Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the HOLDER SHAFT INDICATOR PL3 2 9 to the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R of the FEEDER ASSY UNIT 10 Pull out the GUIDE INDICATOR from the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R together with the SPRING INDICATOR PL3 2 11 and SHAFT INDICATOR PL3 2 12 11 Pull out the GUIDE INDICATOR from the SHAFT INDICATOR Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal Put the leading end of LEVER LOW PAPER PL3 2 7 on a left convex portion of the GUIDE INDICATOR when replacing the GUIDE INDICATOR 3 201 RRP3 12 PICKUP ASSY 3 3 1 PICKUP ASSY FEEDER ASSY UNIT engine rrp0045FA Figure PICKUP ASSY Removal 3 202 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 N DOO BW N 0 1 1 1 Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 R
144. R 2 126 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 6 Output Test MINS Never touch the high voltage output parts and live parts when high voltage is outputted SGI Never touch the driving parts when the driving parts are operating If it continues turning on Toner Motor Yellow Magenta Cyan Black since a toner will NOTE continue being supplied don t turn on for a long time Before executing the output test be sure to read the Caution and Prohibition A described in the Output test Readme txt file in the folder where the Diagnostic Com mander has been installed For the items attached with lt Warning gt or lt Caution gt in the checking method refer to the WARNING and CAUTION mentioned above to prevent problems 2 6 1 Executing output test Click the Diagnostics Output Test button and the following screen will appear vice Commander Wersion 1 00 MainMotor Normal speed RegiClutch m DuplexMotor Forward normal spe MSI TurnClutch H MSI FeedClutch D x FuserMotor Normal speed w CassettelTurnClutch CassettelFeedClutch DeveMotor Normal speed w Cassette2TurnClutch Cassette2FeedClutch OptionMotor Normal speed Cassette3TurnClutch Cassette3FeedClutch MediaSensor TonerMotorYellovw ChargeFilm Clean1 TonerMotorMagenta DeveBias C Clean2 TonerMotorCyan DeveBiasDC Yellow J IDT1 Plus Ton
145. R ASSY TONER HBN UNIT to remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 5 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 0 1 1 1 Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal Execute the following diagnosis after having exchanged HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN NOTE Y 2 7 11 Holder Toner Assy Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 3 313 RRP10 3 HOLDER ASSY TONER PL10 1 2 HOLDER ASSY WS IA E NV A AN SI engine rrp0097FD Figure HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M Removal 3 314 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove UNIT ASSY RRP8 5 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 11 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 12 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y RRP10 2 13 From the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNI
146. R NO TONER K HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y Toner Motor Y engine principle0040FB 6 445 5 10 Frame amp Drive 5 10 1 Major functions V MAIN DRIVE ASSY Supplies the drive to parts as follows PICK UP ASSY HOUSING ASSY RETARD CHUTE ASSY OUT MSI position CHUTE REGI ASSY PHD ASSY PKG IDT 2 IDT 1 Drum BTR Assy BTR PKG 72 V DEVE DRIVE ASSY Supplies the drive to parts as follows PHD ASSY PKG Develper 6 446 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 10 2 Reference diagram DEVE DRIVE ASSY MAIN DRIVE ASSY engine principle0041FA 6 447 5 11 Electrical 5 11 1 Major functions v v 6 448 FAN REAR Discharges heat out of the printer to prevent too high temperature in the printer HARNESS ASSY AC SW Composed of the main switch and inlet and controls supply of AC power from the power source to LVPS LVPS The LVPS is provided with two types 100 200V and 230V Supplies AC power from the power source to the FUSER ASSY heater and generates and supplies stable low voltage DC power used for the logic circuit etc LVPS contains control circuit for the heater of the FUSER ASSY in addition to the power circuit PWBA MCU HBN Controls printing operation based on the communication with the print controller and information from the sensor switch Incorporates functions of HVPS Major functions are as follows Communication with the printer controller Receive of information from the
147. R PKG 72 TRANSFER 1710494 001 eia dir is 865003E53390 RING E SHAFT PIVOT ene e Munien AN sn 865006E72030 FUSER 110V 1710555 001 FUSER KIT 220V MOI 200002020 000000 1710555 002 1 Periodical Replacement Parts 5 391 PL 9 1 Xerographics Illustration W99 with 9 and 10 fi m LJ P DUE MILI ITI Hi engine partslist001 1FD 5 392 PL 9 1 Xerographics List Item Parts name 1 2 SPRING ROS 18 3 PHD ASSY PKG i 4 HS GAASSY BIAS a iic 5 STUD PLUNGER 6 CHUTE ASSY REGl with 7 10 and 12 7 CHUTE REGI 5 1 8 SENSOR PHOTO A 9 AGTUATORREGI 10 SPRING SENSOR 11 HOUSING ASSY 12 KIT SNR 65 99 KIT ACTUATOR AND SPRING with 9 and 10 1 Periodical Replacement Parts 2 Factory Option Chapter 5 Parts List 865062K11810 1710552 001 865805K24822 865026E77670 865054K23250 Refer to Item 1 865130E82740 865120E20680 865809E34580 865802K24830 865604K0
148. ROLL ASSY Paper Cassette 428 ROLL ASSY EXIT removal 286 ROLL ASSY FEED 430 436 ROLL ASSY FEED removal 204 266 ROLL ASSY removal 174 220 ROLL ASSY RETARD removal 226 ROLL ASSY TURN 430 ROLL ASSY TURN removal 218 ROLL DUP 436 ROLL DUP removal 260 ROLL EXIT 438 ROLL EXIT removal 278 ROLL MID 438 ROLL MID removal 280 ROLL TURN 432 ROLL TURN removal 224 Roller Circumferences 97 ROS Assembly 408 ROS ASSY 442 ROS ASSY removal 294 ROS Light Quantity Control 451 ROS Motor Error 56 ROS Section Wiring 482 RTC Rubber Tube Charge 407 S Safety vi Safety Environment Specifications 509 Save Life Adjustment Data 133 Save NVM Data 131 Secondary transfer 414 IDT 2 414 SENSOR ADC ASSY removal 236 SENSOR HUM TEMP removal 190 SENSOR NO TONER 444 457 SENSOR NO TONER removal 322 SENSOR PHOTO duplex removal 254 SENSOR PHOTO FULL STACK removal 250 Index SENSOR PHOTO MSI removal 256 SENSOR PHOTO removal 300 SENSOR TONER FULL removal 238 SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED removal 272 Shorting Pins for Test Print 117 S HVPS 444 S HVPS removal 326 Side Guide 428 Slave 135 SOLENOID FEED 430 SOLENOID FEED MSI 436 SOLENOID FEED MSI removal 270 SOLENOID FEED removal 214 Specifications Consumable Life 507 Consumables 507 Continuous Printing Speed 503 Development System 500 Electrical 496 Environment 508 Exposure System 500 First Print Output Time 502 Fixing System 500 Functions 500 Input Properties 505 Mechani
149. RV2 2 Is 12 23 lt gt J42 8 continuous normally Without tool Go to step 8 Checking TONER MOTOR Does TONER MOTOR function normally Check the toner Using TONER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital stirring AUGER or Go to step 8 Output Test gear for damage In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Is P J51 21 lt gt P J60 2 24VDC DRV HBN 0 HARNESS ASSY End of work Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA J11 25 lt gt J41 16 HBN and if J11 26 lt gt J41 15 still faulty replace J11 27 lt gt J41 14 PWBA MCU HBN J11 28 lt gt J41 13 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 86 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 44 Magenta Toner Empty 2 Magenta Toner Empty Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is 51 4 lt gt P J51 5 less than 0 2VDC Peis RS ERE Replace HANNES ASSY TNR4 for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J702 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNR4 Checking SENSOR TONER LOW Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR TONER LOW Go to step 6 End of work was replaced with a new one With tool Checking HARNESS A
150. Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 9 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 0 1 a n Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 12 Remove the CHUTE ASSY OUT RRP6 1 13 Remove the CHUTE ASSY IN RRP5 1 14 Remove 2 screws securing the PWBA ASSY EARTH to the printer 15 Remove the PWBA ASSY EARTH from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 341 RRP12 ELECTRICAL RRP12 1 PWBA MCU HBN PL12 1 1 COVER MCU Figure PWBA MCU HBN Removal 2 3 342 PWBA MCU HBN engine rrp0113FC Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Save the Life Adjustment Data Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 2 7 5 _ Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the HSG ASSY BIAS 9 2 12 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 13 Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD RRP1 5 14 Remove the COVER REAR RRP1 6 5 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 Remove the PWBA DRV HBN RRP12 6 Remove the LVPS RRP12 4 Remove the BOX ASSY MCU ESS RRP12 7 9 Remove the HOUSING ASSY CONTACT RRP12 8 20 Remove 4 screws securing the COVER MCU to the BOX ASSY MCU ESS
151. Remove the E ring securing the right shaft of the ROLL MID to the CHUTE ASSY EXIT 10 Extract the BEARING PL7 1 7 from the right shaft of the ROLL MID 11 Raise the right shaft of the ROLL MID from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT and pull out the ROLL EXIT right upward Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 281 RRP7 4 MOTOR ASSY DUP PL7 1 8 GEAR ROLL EXIT 1 GEAR MOTOR ASSY DUP GEAR 48 CHUTE ASSY EXIT GROMMET EXIT SLEEVE engine rrp0079FC Figure MOTOR ASSY DUP Removal 3 282 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 3 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 6 Release the hook at 1 position securing the GEAR ROLL PL7 1 2 to the left shaft of the ROLL EXIT PL7 1 4 from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT PL7 1 1 7 Remove the GEAR ROLL from the left shaft of the ROLL EXIT 8 Release the hook at 1 position securing the GEAR ROLL to the left shaft of the ROLL MID PL7 1 5 from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT 9 Remove the GEAR ROLL from the left shaft of the ROLL EXIT 10 Remove the GEAR 40 42 PL7 1 10 from the left side surface of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT 11 Remove the GEAR 48 PL7 1 11 from the left side surface of the CHUTE ASSY EXIT 12 Remove 3 screws securing the MOTOR ASSY DUP to the CHUTE ASSY EXIT
152. S RRP12 4 Replace the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 Replace the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Replace the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 10 Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 11 Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 12 Replace the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 13 Replace the CASSETTE to the printer oO o N DO s CO 3 295 RRP9 2 HSG ASSY BIAS 9 1 4 HGS ASSY BIAS engine rrp0090FA Figure HSG ASSY BIAS Removal 3 296 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 6 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 7 Remove the LINK L RRP1 7 8 Remove 5 screws securing the HSG ASSY BIAS PL9 1 4 to the left side surface of the printer 9 Remove the HSG ASSY BIAS from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 297 RRP9 3 CHUTE ASSY REGI PL9 1 6 HOUSING ASSY ELEC engine rrp0091FA Figure CHUTE ASSY Removal 1 CHUTE ASSY REGI E engine rrp0092FB Figure CHUTE ASSY REGI Removal 2 3 298 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Release the latch at A from the printer and
153. SENSOR ADC ASSY with the specified light quantity and if the output of the SENSOR ADC ASSY is larger than the specified value the controller judges as installation If the operation stops by a jam the toner image could be put on the BTR and in such a case the sensor output is reduced causing the controller to judge as uninstallation To prevent this wrong detection the BTR is rotated by a half turn if the output is less than the specified value Then when the output of the SENSOR ADC ASSY 15 larger than the specified value the controller judges as installation or if less than the specified value the controller judges as uninstallation 7 6 2 Detecting the Life of BTR Assy The BTR Assy consists of a BTR and a waste toner recovery system The life of the BTR Assy BTR PKG 72 is detected when the toner recovery space has become full The full toner recovery space is detected by the SENSOR TONER FULL 1 Check timing of full waste toner recovery space When the power is turned on or the front cover is opened and closed When paper is outputted 2 Output of BTR Life Warning The BTR Life Warning is outputted when the SENSOR TONER FULL detects the full toner recovery space 3 Output of Life Error After the output of BTR Life Warning the print count and the toner dispense time are counted up and if total counts exceed the specified value the BTR Life Error is outputted 4 Reset of BTR Life Warning BTR Life Err
154. SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD RRP1 5 10 Remove the LINK R RRP1 8 11 Remove the MAIN DRIVE ASSY RRP11 5 12 Remove the DEVE DRIVE ASSY RRP11 4 13 Remove the ACTUATOR I R RRP11 3 14 Remove 4 screws securing the PLATE LEVER R PL11 1 7 from the right side surface of the printer 15 Remove the PLATE LEVER R from the printer 16 Release the hook of the SPRING LEVER 30N PL11 1 5 hitched over the convex portion of the 4 LEVER DRUM R from the right side surface of the printer 17 Remove the LINK LEVER PL11 1 6 from the printer together with the SPRING LEVER 30N 18 Remove the LEVER DRUM R from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal In replacing the LINK LEVER R PL11 1 6 align the SPRING IDT R PL11 1 12 and the bottom of LINK LEVER L with the positions shown in the figure LEVER DRUM L Replacement O N Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 0 1 3 333 RRP11 3 ACTUATOR I R PL11 1 8 ACTUATOR I R engine rrp0109FB Figure ACTUATOR I R Removal 3 334 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 3 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 4 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 5 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 6 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 7 Remove the COVER SI
155. SSY Y connector replacing condition Checking SW TCRU ASSY Replace PWBA Does SW TCRU ASSY function normally HBN Go to step 3 Using diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Test Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 13PIN lt gt P J51 14PIN OVDC er OSSIN Checking SW TCRU ASSY Y for signal Is P J342 5PIN lt gt P J342 4PIN OVDC OS MASA Checking SW TCRU ASSY Y for continuity Replace PWBA Is P342 5PIN lt gt P342 4PIN of SW TCRU ASSY Y Go to step 6 READER continuous normally Replace HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuity Go to step 7 HARNESS ASSY Is J51 lt gt J342 continuous normally Checking PWBA HBN for signal Go to step 8 Replace PWB Is P J42 4PIN lt gt P J42 14PIN OVDC p HBN DRV Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Is P J12 27PIN lt gt P J12 17PIN of PWBA MCU HBN Go to step 9 0VDC Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Replace PWBA Is J12 lt gt J42 continuous normally MCU HBN 1 40 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 2 Magenta Toner Cartridge Detached Magenta Toner Cartridge Missing Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault With tool Cartridge replacing condition Replace the parts Go to step 2 SW TCRU ASSY replacing condition concerned Without tool SW TCRU ASSY actuator replacing condition Go to step 3 SW TCRU ASSY connector replacing condition Checking SW TCRU ASS
156. SSY BIAS RRP9 2 11 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 12 Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD RRP1 5 13 Remove the COVER REAR RRP1 6 14 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 15 Remove the PWBA DRV HBN RRP12 6 16 Remove the LVPS RRP12 4 17 Remove the BOX ASSY MCU ESS RRP12 7 18 Remove the HOUSING ASSY CONTACT to the BOX ASSY MCUIESS 19 Pull out the HOUSING ASSY CONTACT from the BOX ASSY MCU ESS and remove it Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 357 3 358 Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations Chapter 4 Plug Jack P J Connector Locations 1 Connector plug J jack 1 1 List of P J Coordinates Remaks OO 37 Connects PWBA Font Card and Controller Board 1 43 1 43 11 H 43 PWBA MCU HBN S HVPS FSR3 FSR32 Harness Assembly Front 2 Harness Assembly and ADC Harness Assembly H 37 Connects PWBA MCU HBN and Controller Board 1 37 Connects Controller Board PWBA Font H 43 PWBA MCU HBN and ROS Assembly H 43 PWBA MCU HBN and REGI Chute Assembly REGI Clutch REGI Sensor Rad 743 H 43 PWBA MCU FSR3 FSR32 Harness Assembly Harness Assembly onnects Controller Board and PWBA MCU HBN lash write est print onnects PWBA MCU HBN and OHP Sensor onnects PWBA MCU HBN and RFID2 Harness Assembly 13 14
157. SSY DRV2 2 for continuity Go to step 7 Is 12 22 lt gt J42 9 continuous normally Without tool Go to step 8 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Checking TONER MOTOR Does TONER MOTOR function normally Check the toner Using TONER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital stirring AUGER or Go to step 8 Output Test gear for damage In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 9 Replace PWBA Is P J51 26PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuity a Is J512 lt gt J51 continuous normally Qoo sep Tio Go to step 11 End of work Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA 411 29 lt gt J41 12 HBN and if 11 30 lt gt J41 11 still faulty replace 411 31 lt gt J41 10 PWBA MCU HBN 11 32 lt gt J41 9 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 87 45 Cyan Toner Empty 2 Cyan Toner Empty Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 1PIN lt gt P J51 2PIN less than 0 2VDC ER SPA RE Replace Chseking ARNESSASST TNRA
158. SSY TONER HBN RRP10 2 3 4 5 Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the TCRU ASSY to the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN PL10 1 1 2 3 4 with a mini screwdriver 14 Remove the ACTUATOR TCRU ASSY from the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 321 RRP10 7 SENSOR NO TONER PL10 1 5 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN SENSOR NO TONER engine rrp0104FC Figure SENSOR NO TONER Removal 3 322 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 11 12 13 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN RRP10 2 3 4 5 Remove the 4 hooks securing the SENSOR NO TONER to the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN PL10 1 1 2 3 4 14 Remove the SENSOR NO TONER from the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 323 RRP10 8 PWBA EEPROM PL10 1 14 PWBA EEPROM engine rrp0105FB Figure PWBA
159. T release the hook securing the toner discharging unit of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M on the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER L PL10 1 13 with a mini screwdriver 14 From the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER pull out the toner discharging unit on the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M rightward 15 Release the hook securing the HOLDER ASSY TONER to the PLATE ASSY DISPENSER In the following steps do not separate the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT and HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M too far since they are connected by a harness 16 After sliding the HOLDER ASSY TONER rightward from the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT raise the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M slightly 17 Extract the motor connector P J512 from the right side surface of the HOLDER ASSY 18 Disconnect the connector P J702 of SENSOR NO TONER PL10 1 5 of HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M 19 Shift the harness from the hook at the lower part of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal Execute the following diagnosis after having exchanged HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN NOTE 2 7 11 Holder Toner Assy Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 3 315 RRP10 4 HOLDER ASSY TONER PL10 1 3 HOLDER ASSY TONER e N D 227 engine rrp0098FD Figure HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C Removal 3 316 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 Remove the COVER SIDE
160. TE from the printer Turn up the PICKUP ASSY PL3 3 1 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 9 Remove the PICKUP ASSY RRP3 12 0 1 xa Remove the ACTUATOR NO PAPER RRP3 16 12 Remove the right side of the ROLL ASSY FEED PL3 3 3 from the PICKUP ASSY RRP3 13 13 Remove the connector P J472 on the SENSOR PHOTO NO PAPER 14 Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the SENSOR PHOTO NO PAPER to the PICKUP ASSY 15 Remove the SENSOR PHOTO NO PAPER from the PICKUP ASSY Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 207 RRP3 15 SENSOR PHOTO LOW PAPER 3 3 4 SENSOR PHOTO LOW PAPER engine rrp0041FA Figure SENSOR PHOTO LOW PAPER Removal 3 208 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 9 Remove the PICKUP ASSY RRP3 12 10 Remove the connector P J473 on the SENSOR PHOTO LOW PAP
161. TUATOR DUP from the right side bearing Extract the ACTUATOR DUP from the CHUTE ASSY OUT together with the SPRING SNR DUP Remove the SPRING SNR DUP PL6 1 15 from the ACTUATOR Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 263 RRP6 9 LATCH OUT PL6 1 18 HOLDER LATCH LATCH OUT engine rrp0067FA Figure LATCH OUT Removal 3 264 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 3 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Remove the SPRING LATCH OUT PL6 1 20 from the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 of the printer 6 Release the hooks at 2 positions on the rear securing the HOLDER LATCH PL6 1 19 to the CHUTE ASSY OUT 7 Pull out the HOLDER LATCH rightward from the CHUTE ASSY OUT together with the LATCH OUT 8 Remove the LATCH OUT from the HOLDER Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 265 RRP6 10 ROLL 55 FEED MSI PL6 1 27 is CORE MSI RIGHT PLATE BOTTOM MSI ROLL ASSY FEED MSI engine rrpOO69FA Figure ROLL ASSY FEED MSI Removal 3 266 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 3 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Release the hook at one positi
162. ULL STACK replacing condition concerned Without tool Actuator replacing condition Go to step 3 Checking SENSOR FULL STACK Does SENSOR FULL STACK function normally Replace PWBA Go to step 3 Using SENSOR FULL STACK diagnostic tool check by MCU HBN Digital Input Test 3 Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT2 for signal Replace PWBA Go to step 4 Is P J139 6PIN lt gt P J139 5PIN 3 3VDC MCU HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT for signal Replace SENSOR HARNESS ASSY FRONT1A Replace PWBA MCU HBN Is P J139 4PIN lt gt P J139 5PIN 3 3VDC FULL STACK 1 85 FIP 43 Yellow Toner Empty 2 Yellow Toner Empty Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is 51 7 lt gt P J51 8 less than 0 2VDC PA ene E 22204 Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J701 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNRA Checking SENSOR TONER LOW Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR TONER LOW Go to step 6 End of work was replaced with a new one With tool Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Go to step 7 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Replace HARNESS ASSY D
163. XIT RRP8 2 3 Holding the actuator of the ACTUATOR EXIT from the CHUTE EXIT DUP of the FUSER ASSY pull down the ACTUATOR EXIT rightward an extract the left shaft of the ACTUATOR EXIT 4 Pull outthe ACTUATOR EXIT from the CHUTE EXIT DUP rightward together with the SPRING ACTU ATOR PL8 1 8 5 Remove the SPRING ACTUATOR from the ACTUATOR EXIT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 289 RRP8 4 BTRPKG 72 PL8 1 12 Figure BTR UNIT ASSY Removal 1 BTR UNIT ASSY S IX lt gt VN gt S o 4 SAR N Re Js IS TR REN Q Q TS engine rrp0087FA Figure BTR UNIT ASSY Removal 2 3 290 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Release the latch at A from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 2 Holding the right and left knobs securing the BRT PKG 72 PL8 1 12 to the CHUTE ASSY IN of the printer unlock and rotate the BTR UNIT ASSY rearward 3 Extract the UNIT ASSY toward the front from the CHUTE ASSY and remove Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 291 RRP8 5 STRAP PL8 1 13 engine rrp0088FA Figure STRAP Removal 3 292 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Release the latch at B from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 2 Release hooks that secure the bottom portion of STRAP and slide the bottom portion of STRAP toward the right to r
164. Y RETARD 2 E 1 FL 7n IO e Ce nd engine rrp0046FB Figure HOUSING ASSY RETARD Removal 3 222 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the CHUTE ASSY RRP9 3 2 Remove the connector P J19 of the CLUTCH TURN PL4 1 9 from on the PWBA MCU HBN PL12 1 1 of the printer 3 Remove 3 screws securing the HOUSING ASSY RETARD to the printer 4 Remove the HOUSING ASSY RETARD from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 223 RRP4 2 ROLL TURN PL4 1 2 ROLL TURN BEARING HOUSING ASSY RETARD engine rrp0047FA Figure ROLL TURN Removal 3 224 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the CHUTE ASSY RRP9 3 2 Remove the HOUSING ASSY RETARD RRP4 1 3 Remove the CLUTCH TURN RRP4 4 4 Remove the left side of E ring securing the ROLL TURN to the HOUSING ASSY RETARD PL4 1 1 5 Pull out the BEARING EARTH PL4 1 13 securing left side of bearing of the ROLL TURN from the HOUSING ASSY RETARD 6 Pull out the BEARING PL4 1 8 securing the right side of bearing of the ROLL TURN from the HOUS ING ASSY RETARD 7 Slide the ROLL TURN from the HOUSING ASSY RETARD rightward pull out the left side of bearing of the ROLL TURN from the bearing bore and pull out the ROLL TURN left upward Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 2
165. Y Replace PWBA Does SW TCRU ASSY function normally MCU HBN Go to step 3 Using diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Test Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 13PIN lt gt P J51 15PIN OVDC Checking SW TCRU ASSY M for signal Is P J342 5PIN lt gt P J342 3PIN OVDC stepio Checking SW TCRU ASSY M for continuity Replace PWBA Is P342 5PIN lt gt P342 3PIN of SW TCRU ASSY Go to step 6 CRUM READER continuous normally Bet Replace HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuity Go to step 7 HARNESS ASSY Is J51 lt gt J342 continuous normally TNRA Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 8 Replace PWB Is P J42 5PIN lt gt P J42 14PIN HBN DRV Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Is P J12 26PIN lt gt P J12 17PIN of HBN MCU WITHCPU KT Go to step 9 PWB 0VDC Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Replace PWBA Is J12 lt gt J42 continuous normally MCU HBN 1 41 FIP 3 Cyan Toner Cartridge Detached Cyan Toner Cartridge Missing Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault With tool Cartridge replacing condition Replace the parts Go to step 2 SW TCRU ASSY replacing condition concerned Without tool SW TCRU ASSY actuator replacing condition Go to step 3 SW TCRU ASSY connector replacing condition Checking SW TCRU ASSY Replace PWBA Does SW TCRU ASSY function normally MCU HBN Go to step 3 Using di
166. _B TMOT_Y_ Exciting signal of Toner Motor Y in HOLDER ASSY TONER TMOT_M_A TMOT_M_B MOT_M_ Exciting signal of Toner Motor M in HOLDER ASSY TONER TMOT C A TMOT C B TMOT C Exciting signal of Toner Motor in HOLDER ASSY TONER TMOT K A TMOT K B TMOT K Exciting signal of Toner Motor K in HOLDER ASSY TONER Outline of Toner Motor G Motor type PM stepping motor G Stepping angle 7 5 0 5 G Winding resistance 80Q 10 phase 20 C G Exciting seguence Exciting Step 2 phases 7 479 86 Fuser section PWBA EEPROM P J145 J232 ES MGU PL10 1 14 54 EEPROM DATA PL12 1 1 EEPROM 3 3VDC E SG gas 3 3VDC 1 A P J13 P138 J138 J232 PULL UP 3 3VDC 17 5 1 Dio 18 m4 EXIT PAPER SENSED H 3 3VDC 20 gt j H m 24 lt lt P J13 USER STS P138 J138 J232 19 le m 33 lt lt 21 1 P J24 2362 2362 232 7 NCS VC NCS_GND M 5 E i gt lt P J12 20 PWBA DRV HBN PL12 1 12 LVP S P J165 PL12 1 10 P J162 r
167. able counters 2 137 2 7 11 Holder Toner Assy Toner Motor is turned at the time of a power supply injection and of the appointed area is rewritten to a setup which carries out toner filling operation to a dispense pipe It carries out when Holder Toner Assy part name HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y M C K is exchanged After the toner filling operation implementation at the time of a power supply injection automatically rewritten NVM is again written to a setup which does not carry out toner filling operation and is replaced Steps 1 Click the Holder Toner Assy tab 2 Click the Load button and the following screen will appear Command Version 1 00 ial x Data Slave Lite Yellow Magenta Cyan Black 3 Click the check box of the color of exchanged HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN clicks and 4 is displayed on a check box 4 Click the Save button 2 138 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 8 Firmware The firmware of lOT is upgraded The contents of the firmware file already prepared are written in ROM on PWBA MCU HBN Steps 1 Click the FIRMWARE button and the following screen will appear Hibana Service Commander Version 1 00 1 Select MOT file Write firmware Close 2 Click the Select MOT file button and the following screen will appear Look in E Desktop E ex My Computer Online Services _ My Documents Service Commander
168. according to the FIP check the constitutive parts of the major check parts and related parts as well as major check parts When working with the printer Be sure to remove the power cord except when required specifically Never touch live parts if not required while the power cord is connected Connector condition is denoted as follows P J12 Connector P J12 is connected P12 Plug side with the connector P J12 removed except when attached directly to the board J12 Jack side with the connector P J12 removed except when attached directly to the board P J1 2PIN lt gt P J3 4PIN in the FIP means measurement with the plus side of the measuring instrument connected to P J1 and the minus side to 4PIN of P J3 P J lt gt P 12 in the FIP means measurement for all terminals corresponding between P J1 and P J2 referring to Wire connecting diagram In P J1 2PIN lt gt P J3 4PIN in the FIP where voltage is measured P J3 4PIN on the rear minus side is always at the AG analog ground SG signal ground or RTN return Therefore after checking of proper continuity between AGs SGs or RTNS respectively the rear minus side can be connected to the PIN of AG SG or instead of P J3 4PIN However care should be taken not to mistake since AG SG and RTN are not on the same level 10 Measure the voltage of small connectors with the special tool Handle the tool with care as the leading
169. ace Toner Cartridge Error C TC 1 35 Error status code Diag Error Message Display Error Mes Method of clear sage 51h C1h status 2 3 Shutdown CRUM ID Error TC K Call for Service CRUM Replace Toner Cartridge K Error K TC 51h C1h status 2 4 Shutdown CRUM ID Error PHD Invalid ID Imaging Unit PHD ASSY replacement 51h C1h status 2 6 Shutdown CRUM ID Error Fuser Invalid ID Fuser Unit Replace Fuser ASSY 54h C4h 0 Shutdown Media Type Mismatch E Media Type Mismatch Power OFF ON after removing the jam paper 54h C4h 1 Next paper is not picked up after a sheet of paper is delivered during operation Feed Jam Media Feed Jam Open and close the front cover after removing the jammed paper 54h C4h 2 Shutdown Regi Jam Media Jam Registration Open and close the front cover after removing the jammed paper 54h C4h 3 Shutdown Fuser Jam Media Jam Open and close the front cover after removing the jammed paper 54h C4h 4 Shutdown Duplex Jam Media Jam Duplex Open and close the front cover after removing the jammed paper 55h C5h status 1 0 Shutdown ROS Failure Call for Service ROS Motor Power ON OFF 55h C5h status 1 1 Shutdown Fuser Failure Call for Service Fuser Failure Power ON OFF 55h C5h status 1 2 Shutdown NV RAM Error Call for Service NV RAM Error Power ON OFF 55h C5h status 1 3 Shutdown CTD Sensor Error Call for Service ADC Sensor Power ON OFF Err
170. aced Replace ne BTR ALS Faulty S HVPS Is the image quality improved if S HVPS is replaced Replace eves 1 99 2 Blank Prints Condition initial check AThe entire image area is blank Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY BTR ASSY ROS ASSY PWBA MCU HBN HOLDER TCRU ASSY Intercepted laser beam path Check if foreign substance or dirt is present in the laser beam path between ROS ASSY and Drum in PHD ASSY Faulty ROS ASSY Is the image quality improved if ROS ASSY is replaced Replace MEROS ASSY Faulty charging or developing Is the image quality improved if PHD ASSY is replaced Replace PRDASSY Faulty transfer Is the image quality improved if BTR ASSY is replaced Replace nee ASSI Faulty PWBA MCU HBN 5 Is the image quality improved if PWBA MCU HBN is Replace the PWBA MCU HBN replaced Remove foreign substance or dirt 1 100 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting P3 Black Prints Condition initial check A The entire image area is black Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY BTR ASSY ROS ASSY PWBA MCU HBN Faulty transfer Is the image quality improved if the laser beam exit Replace the PWBA MCU HBN window of
171. agnostic tool check by Digital Input Test Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 13PIN lt gt P J51 16PIN OVDC Checking SW TCRU ASSY for signal Is P J342 5PIN lt gt P J342 2PIN OVDC cede R Checking SW TCRU ASSY C for continuity Replace PWBA Is P342 5PIN lt gt P342 2PIN of SW TCRU ASSY C Go to step 6 CRUM READER continuous normally Bet Replace HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuity Go to step 7 HARNESS ASSY Is J51 lt gt J342 continuous normally TNRA Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 8 Replace PWB Is P J42 6PIN lt gt P J42 14PIN OVDC HBN DRV Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Is P J12 25PIN lt gt P J12 17PIN of PWBA MCU 0 Go to step 9 OVDC Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Replace PWBA Is J12 lt gt J42 continuous normally MCU HBN 1 42 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 4 Black Toner Cartridge Detached Black Toner Cartridge Missing Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault With tool Cartridge replacing condition Replace the parts Go to step 2 SW TCRU ASSY replacing condition concerned Without tool SW TCRU ASSY actuator replacing condition Go to step 3 SW TCRU ASSY connector replacing condition Checking SW TCRU ASSY Replace PWBA Does SW TCRU ASSY function normally MCU HBN Go to step 3 Using diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Test Checking PWBA DRV HBN fo
172. agnostic tool check by for slip orthe gear Go to step 18 Digital Output Test for damage In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 19 Replace PWBA Is P J47 13PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY FDR for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace 9 J47 13PIN lt gt P475 2PIN Go to step 20 ST ASSY J47 14PIN lt gt P475 1PIN Checking CLUTCH ASSY TURN for resistance value Replace CLUTCH 20 Remove the CLUTCH connector J475 Go to step 21 TURN Is J475 1PIN lt gt J475 2PIN less than 2000 Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Replace PWBA HARNESS ASSY N M i Is J12 9PIN lt gt J42 22PIN continuous normally MCU HBN DRV2 2 Check parts for With tool missing and Go to step 23 change paper if Without tool no problem Go to step 24 Checking SOLENOID FEED for operation 22 the Feed Gear in the Feeder run when printing 1 sheet Checking SOLENOID FEED Does the SOLENOID FEED function normally 23 Using SOLENOID FEED diagnostic tool check by Digital Output Test In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 25 Replace PWBA Is P JA7 11PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC HBNDRV Checking HARNESS ASSY FDR for continuity Replace Check the following for continuity Go to step 26 HARNESS ASSY J47 11PIN lt gt P474 2PIN FDR J47 12PIN lt gt P474 1PIN
173. ala W C 9 EA p Hs EN Sar ME um EN EU i 55 BEER EEE Bez BE CH ZA 200805 EN E MESA EA 4 361 PH Coordinates Remarks LL Connects Front Assembly In ADC Sensor Assembly and Front 1A Harness 136 C 23 Assembly Connects Cover Assembly Front Head Fan Fuser and PWBA DRV HBN Connects Front 1 Harness Assembly Fuser Assembly 139 B 33 Connects Front 1 Harness Assembly and Chute Assembly Out Solenoid Feed MSI DUP JAM Sensor Full Stack Sensor MSI No Paper Sensor Connects PWBA MCU HBN CRUM Harness Assembly TFLSNS Harness Assembly PWBA STD 141 B 32 Connects Harness Assembly and Chute Assembly Full Sensor 142 E 24 Connects Chute Assembly In TNR Full Sensor and EEPROM Harness Assembly 144 E 35 145 E 35 151 H 22 161 H 29 162 H 29 163 H 27 ii 165 28 166 27 167 28 168 28 11 ES 20 na 20 7 21 833 zy 08 232 Connects Fuser Assembly LVPS STD Assembly Front Harness Assembly and TMPNCS Harness Assembly 311 341 342 37 E36 352 m 183 42 FR as Fa 474 6554 ss Fs 511 Connects Holder Assembly Motor PWBA DRV 512 s I 54 m 702 6 Connects Holder Assembly No Toner Sensor PWBA HBN 703 H 6 Connects Holder Assembly MQ C No Toner Sensor and PWBA
174. and fitness for a particular purpose with regard to this manual KONICA MINOLTA BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES INC assumes no responsibility for or liability for errors contained in this manual or for incidental special or consequential damages arising out of the furnishing of this manual or the use of this manual in operating the equipment or in connection with the performance of the equipment when so operated Introduction Introduction 1 About this manual This manual is a standard service manual of Xerox International Partners containing information required for maintenance of this laser printer standard specifications This manual is intended for use by OEMs under a contract with Xerox International Partners when they provide maintenance services for this laser printer or when they prepare maintenance data It is prohibited to use this manual for other objects 2 Marks giving caution Maintenance operations requiring special cautions or additional information to descriptions of this manual are presented as Warning Caution or Note according to their nature If instructions are not observed death or serious injury be caused If instructions are not observed injuries of workers or physical damages to assets PE CAUTION Pa including this laser printer may result Particularly important essentials for procedures steps rules and others NOTE Reference Incidental information to description
175. ation 5 4 2 Reference diagram SENSOR ADC ASSY FUSER ASSY SENSOR TONER FULL FUSER DRIVE ASSY engine principle0035FA 6 435 5 5 Chute Assy 5 5 1 Major functions Y SENSOR PHOTO Full Stack Sensor 6 436 Detects that the prints discharged onto the top cover have accumulated more than specified number of sheets based on the change of position of the actuator Full stack Sensor beam is received SENSOR PHOTO Dug Jam Sensor Detects that paper has reached and passed through the ROLL DUP based on the change of position of the actuator Paper present Sensor beam is received SENSOR PHOTO MSI No Paper Sensor Detects existence or non existence of paper on the manual feed tray based on the change of position of the actuator No paper Sensor beam is intercepted SOLENOID FEED MSI Controls the operation rotation stop of ROLL ASSY FEED MSI by controlling the rotations of the GEAR MSI ROLL ASSY FEED MSI When the SOLENOID FEED MSI operates the GEAR MSI and Gear Idier are engaged by the force of the SPRING SOL the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI starts rotating under the drive from the MAIN DRIVE ASSY and feeds paper from the manual feed tray After having rotated one turn the GEAR MSI and Gear Idier are disengaged at the notch of the GEAR MSI drive is not transmitted any more and the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI stops rotating Thus sheets of paper are fed one by one ROLL DUP The ROLL DUP rotates under the
176. ature of the edge of Roll doesn t change during lighting Detected 250 degrees or more at the edge of Roll Detected 110 degrees or less at the edge of Roll while printing Detected that a temperature sensor at the edge of Roll was disconnected Detected 20 degrees or less at the edge of Roll Detected 150 degrees or more at the side of Fuser Detected 245 degree or more at the midsection of Roll Detected that a temperature sensor at the midsection of Roll was disconnected FIP 15 55h C5h status 1 1 Detected defection of a circuit which is for a temperature sensor at page 57 the midsection of Roll and increases the potential difference a temperature sensor at the midsection of Roll a temperature sensor at the edge of Roll detected 90 degrees or more a temperature sensor at the edge of Roll a temperature sensor at the midsection of Roll detected 90 degree or more Detected controlled temperature 30 degrees or less while printing After controlling Fuser was started Fuser doesn t become ready in a specified amount of time Setting time changes depending on the temperature at the midsection of Roll when controlling Fuser was started maximum is 70 seconds Cool Down Mode was continued for 80 seconds or more 1 32 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error status code tane of Sitor Reference Contents of error FIP NV RAM Error Call for Service NV RAM Error FIP 16 Error of NV RAM page
177. cal 497 Operation Mode 500 Option 510 Output Properties 505 Paper 506 Paper delivery capacity 505 Paper Mode 501 Paper pick up capacity 505 Paper size 506 Periodic Replacement 507 Print image Quality 510 Print Mode 501 Printing Area 504 Process Speed 501 Recording System 500 Resolution 500 Safety Environment 509 Warm up Time 502 Standard mode 450 Static elimination 416 STRAP removal 292 STUD RTD removal 230 Super high gloss mode 450 SWITCH ASSY SIZE 430 SWITCH ASSY SIZE removal 194 T Tandem System 405 455 TCRU PWBA EEPROM 444 SENSOR NO TONER Y M C K 444 1 517 S HVPS 444 TCRU Assy Function 444 Temperature Sensor 430 Temperature Humidity Specification 508 Tertiary Transfer BTR 416 Tertiary transfer 416 Test Print 117 123 Test Print Pattern 118 Theory of Operation 403 Toner Control 457 Toner Density Control 453 Toner Empty Error 457 Toner Empty Warning 457 Trademarks ii Transfer Unit Missing 45 TRAY ASSY MSI removal 168 Troubleshooting 23 96 97 Clearing the Error 35 Error Status Codes 31 FIPs 28 Level 1 FIP 30 Level 2 FIP 31 Preparation 26 Types of input test 125 Types of output tests 128 U Unpacking the Printer xi Warm up Time 502 Waste Toner Collection 419 Wiring Diagram Controller section 464 Developer section 1 463 Developer section 2 463 Drive section 463 Fuser section 464 Paper feed section 464 Power supply 463 ROS section 464 Xerographics section 2 464 Xerographics section1 464
178. cess 1 1 Summary of Printing Process Chapter 6 Principles of Operation This printer is a Full color laser printer which applies the principal of an electrophotographic recording system The tandem system comprising a drum and developing unit respectively for each color of yellow magenta cyan and black Y M C and K places toner image of each color on paper producing full color prints finally through 3 intermediate transfer units IDT 1 2 IDT 2 1 Printing processes of this printer is composed of the basic steps as follows 1 Charging with electricity Drum surface is charged with electricity 2 Image unit is exposed to laser beams 3 Development Image is developed with toner 4 Primary transfer Toner image is transferred to the intermediate transfer unit IDT 1 5 Secondary transfer Toner image on the intermediate transfer IDT 1 is transferred to the intermediate transfer unit IDT 2 6 Cleaning The intermediate transfer IDT 1 is cleaned 7 Tertiary transfer Four color finished toner image on the intermediate transfer unit IDT 2 is transferred onto the paper 8 Cleaning Intermediate transfer unit IDT 2 is cleaned 9 Static elimination Electric charge of the paper is eliminated 10 FIXING icti Toner on the paper i
179. ch 48 NV RAM Error Call for Service NVRAM Error 58 P1 Light Undertoned Prints 98 P10 Unfused Image or Image Easily Rubs off of Page 107 P2 Blank Prints 99 P3 Black Prints 100 P4 Vertical Band Deletions 101 P5 Horizontal Band Deletions 102 P6 Black color spots 103 P7 Background 104 P8 Skewed Image 105 P9 Crease 106 PHD Detached Imaging Unit Missing 44 PHD Life Over Replace Imaging Unit 68 Regi Jam Media Jam Registration 52 ROS Failure Call for Service ROS Motor 56 Upper Cassette Detached Adjust Input Bin 83 Yellow Toner Cartridge Detached Yellow Toner Cartridge Missing 40 Yellow Toner Empty Yellow Toner Low 64 Yellow Toner Empty 2 Yellow Toner Empty 85 Cautions for FIP Use 28 Firmware Error 62 Fixing 417 Flow of Print Data 420 Frame 8 Drive Function 446 Front Assy FUSER DRIVE ASSY 434 SENSOR ADC ASSY 434 SENSOR TNR FULL 434 Front Assy In Function 434 Front Cover Open 72 Full Stack Sensor 436 Functions Specifications 500 FUSER ASSY 440 FUSER ASSY removal 284 FUSER DRIVE ASSY removal 240 Fuser Failure 57 Fuser Jam 53 Fuser Section Wiring 480 Fuser temperature control 458 Fuser Unit Missing 46 Fusing 417 G Gear Layout 424 General Cleaning 418 General Wiring Diagram 461 GUIDE INDICATOR removal 200 H HARNESS ASSY AC SW removal 350 HARNESS ASSY OPFREC removal 192 High Area Coverage Mode 454 High Gloss mode 450 Holder Assy Toner Hbn Y M C K 422
180. cifications in Chapter 6 Image quality troubleshooting describes the representative image quality troubles as follows P1 P2 4 P5 P6 P7 P8 PQ P10 P11 P12 P13 Light Undertoned Prints Blank Prints Black Prints Vertical Band Deletions Horizontal Band Deletions Black color spots Background Skewed Image Crease Infused Image or Image Easily Rubs Off of Paper White flake Toner splash Entire image has bluish tinge 1 97 3 6 Roller Circumferences Reference Rolls related with image quality troubles and interval appearing on prints are shown in the table below 1 98 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting P1 Light Undertoned Prints Condition initial check AThe overall image density is too light Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc Major parts to be checked PHD ASSY BTR ASSY ROS ASSY PWBA MCU HBN S HVPS Faulty ASSY Is the image quality improved if PHD ASSY is replaced Replace ma EHE Faulty ROS ASSY Is the image quality improved if ROS ASSY is replaced Replace Faulty PWBA MCU HBN Is the image quality improved if PWBA MCU is Replace the PWBA MCU HBN replaced Faulty BTR ASSY Is the image quality improved if PHD ASSY is repl
181. concerned foreign substances or dirt Faulty paper transfer rolls Check the paper transfer rolls for evidence of foreign Clean or replace the parts concerned substances dirt deformation or malfunction 1 107 P10 Unfused Image or Image Easily Rubs off of Page Condition initial check The toner image is not completely fused to the paper A The image easily rubs off Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V FUSER ASSY Wet paper Do the wrinkles disappear if the paper is replaced with newly unpacked paper Faulty FUSER ASSY Is the image quality improved if FUSER ASSY is Replace the FUSER ASSY replaced Replace the paper Ask the customer for storing the paper in a dry place 1 108 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting P11 White flake Condition initial check A part of image is missing and it becomes flake Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V ASSY Change paper Check paper Use the recommended size and type of Are recommended size and type of paper used paper Check printer driver 2 Check the transfer condition for duplex printing Set the appropriate printing condition by Check the transfer condition specified by ESS ESS 1 109 P12
182. de surface of the printer 19 Remove the connector P J2361 connecting the FEEDER to the printer from the left side surface of the printer 20 Disconnect the connector P J3262 of the HARNESS ASSY FSR3 FSR32 PL5 1 9 from the left hand side of the printer 21 Remove the connector P J141 connector P J1361 connector P J138 connector P J221 and connector P J139 on the connector bracket from the left side surface of the printer Remove the connector P J19 on the PWBA MCU HBN PL12 1 1 from the inside of the printer Remove 1 screw securing the earth cable from the left side surface of the printer Remove 4 screws securing the BOX ASSY MCU ESS to the printer Pull out the BOX ASSY MCU ESS rearward from the printer and remove it 22 23 24 25 lt o Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 355 RRP12 8 HOUSING ASSY CONTACT PL12 1 14 HOUSING ASSY CONTACT engine rrp0119FB Figure HOUSING ASSY CONTACT Removal 3 356 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the CONTROLLER BOARD RRP12 3 2 Remove the CHUTE ASSY REGI RRP9 3 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the HSG A
183. drive from the MOTOR ASSY DUP and feeds paper printed on simplex returned from the CHUTE ASSY EXIT to the ROLL TURN refer to 5 3 Housing Assy Retard Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 5 2 Reference diagram SENSOR PHOTO Full Stack Sensor SENSOR PHOTO DUP Jam Sensor ROLL DUP Gear Idier MAIN I DRIVE ASSY GEAR MSI ROLL ASSY FEED MSI SENSOR PHOTO MSI No Paper Sensor SOLENOID FEED MSI engine principle0036FB 6 437 5 6 Chute Assy Exit 5 6 1 Major functions V MOTOR ASSY DUP 6 438 Supplies drive to the ROLL EXIST ROLL MID and ROLL DUP ROLL EXIT The ROLL EXIT rotates under the drive from the MOTOR ASSY DUP and feeds fixed prints onto the top cover Itreverses in the duplex document mode and feeds the prints after fixed on simplex in the REGI direction ROLL MID The ROLL MID rotates under the drive from the MOTOR ASSY DUP and feeds fixed prints onto the top cover It reverses in the duplex document mode and feeds the prints after fixed on simplex in the REGI direction Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 6 2 Reference diagram ROLL MID MOTOR ASSY DUP ROLL EXIT Lo Ta nr lt a gt 4 Ss engine principle0037FA 6 439 5 7 Assy amp Fuser 5 7 1 Major functions FUSER ASSY The FUSER ASSY fixes toner which was transferred onto the paper but not fixed by the heat and pressure and feeds paper before and after being fixed The
184. e Unit PPM stands for prints per minute indicating number of prints per minute ipm 15 abbreviation of Impression Per Min and indicates number of printed sides per minute for Duplex Continuous printing speed Paper mode 600dpi 600 1200dpi 600dpi i o piss pss psy p Pin a E OA A4 LET SEF 12 13 7 7 7 9 8 8 6 5 2 Thick paper 163 216gsm Label OHP 1 12 13 8 8 6 A4 LET SEF Envelop Postcard 1 In case of small size paper printing speed is sometimes slowed down 8 503 4 13 Printing Area 4 13 1 Usable paper size Minimum and maximum paper size usable for this printer are as follows Minimum usable paper size Width 88 9mm 3 5inch x length 139 7mm 5 5 inch when using MSI Maximum usable paper size Width 215 9mm 8 5 inch x length 355 6mm 14 inch when using MSI 4 13 2 Maximum printable area For each printable size of paper this printer masks 2 5mm within the left edge and right edge 2 0mm from within edge and back edge as unprintable area in order to prevent from that images exceed the size of printable area Maximum area where image can be printed is as follows Width 210 9mm 8 3 inch x length 351 6mm 13 8 inch 4 13 3 Guaranteed printing area Area for which the image quality is guaranteed as follows Area except for 4mm 0 1575 inch from edges of the paper Maximum area for which the image quantity is guaranteed as follows Width 207 9mm 8
185. e COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 9 Remove the PICKUP ASSY RRP3 12 0 Release the hook at 1 position securing the STOPPER CLUTCH PL3 3 16 to the shaft on the right side shaft of the PICKUP ASSY PL3 3 1 11 Pull out the STOPPER CLUTCH from the shaft of PICKUP ASSY 12 Remove the connector P J475 of the CLUTCH ASSY TURN from the PICKUP ASSY 13 Pull out the CLUTCH ASSY TURN from the shaft on the right side of the PICKUP ASSY Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 217 RRP3 20 ROLL ASSY TURN PL3 3 20 GEAR FEED 2 BEARING METAL ROLL ASSY TURN BEARING BLACK GEAR IDLER GEAR IDLER engine rrp0044FA Figure ROLL ASSY TURN Removal 3 218 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer O Remove the PICKUP ASSY RRP3 12 Remove the CLUTCH ASSY TURN RRP3 19 Release the hook at 1 position securing the GEAR FEED 2 PL3 3 13 to the shaft of the PICKUP ASSY PL3 3 1 and pull out the GEAR FEED 2 Pull out the GEAR IDLER PL3 3 15 from the shaft of PICKUP ASSY Pull out the GEAR IDLER IN PL3 3 19 from the shaft of the PICKUP ASSY Remove the right and left E rings securing
186. e Sensor itself is below 5 C Therefore the Sensor will be warmed up when the temperature is below 5 C This action is called Sensor Warm up 6 458 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 1 General Wiring Diagram The following describes the legend of the general wiring diagram shown on the next page Denotes a connection between parts with harnesses and wires XX A frame not having parts name inside denotes the connector P J Numeric value inside implies the connector number A frame of broken line denotes the connector P J written in several places XX separately Numeric value inside implies the connector number A frame having parts name inside denotes the parts PL X Y Z implies the item 2 of plate PL X Y in Chapter 5 Parts List A frame of dotted line denotes the section in 2 Wiring Diagram between Parts and numeric value implies the section number 7 461 FUSER ASSY HARNESS ASSY AC SW PL8 1 1 P9161 prio PWBA MCU HB
187. e toward the outer surface of the optical conductive layer are combined with the minus charge electron on the outer surface again and decrease negative charge As a result on the drum surface where the electric potential increases invisible static latent image print image is generated Chapter 6 Principles of Operation ROS ASSY Negative electric charge O Positive electric charge Optical conductor Conductor d Drum surface Laser beams Laser beams Electrostatic latent image engine 0009 engine 0008 lt Drum concept gt Electric potential Laser beams on drum Laser beams Optical ODO v 1 conductor gt amp Conductor D gt v OJOO QV A 9 engine principle0010FA engine principle0011FA 6 409 1 3 3 Development In the development process toner electrically attached to the invisible statistic latent image on the drum surface to form visible toner image on the drum This process is performed in parallel for yellow magenta cyan and black color respectively 4 6 410 The toner in the toner cartridge is agitated by the Agitator in the toner cartridge and fed into the toner holder Further the toner is fed to the developer by the Auger in the toner holder and the Auger in the tube that connects the toner holder and the developer The Agitator and A
188. ecified number of sheets have been printed Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 1 3 Cautions for Service Operations Be sure to remove the power cord except when it is specifically reguired If the printer is kept ON never touch the conductive parts while it is not specifically NO required The power switch inlet of LVPS is live even while the power supply is cut off Never touch the live parts N When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock and safety and power switches ON remove the connector P J151 on the ROS ASSY except when it is specifically required When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock and safety and power switches ON laser beams may be irradiated from the ROS ASSY Since it is dangerous be sure to remove the connector P J151 while it is not required When checking some parts with the left cover removed and power be sure to remove the connector P J5011 on the HVPS while it is not required When checking some parts with the left cover removed and power ON high voltage SIMS may be applied by the HVPS Be sure to remove the connector P J5011 on the HVPS When connecting the connector P J5011 on the HVPS according to the instructions of the FIP never touch the HVPS and parts of high voltage When using Diag tools or other tools of high voltage be sure to keep them covered except when otherwise specified When using Diag T
189. ecommended Reliability operability and print image quality are the application range of the specifications Following paper is the standard paper Xerox 4200 DP 2016 Xerox premier 80gsm General paper General paper is plain paper except standard paper and special paper and its reliability and running performance are within the specification but the print image quality is out of the specification Special paper Special paper except for plain paper Reliability and operability are the applicable range of specifica tions but the print image guality is out of the applicable range of specifications 4 16 2 Paper mass Paper feed from paper tray 60 to 105 gsm 16 28 Ib Paper feed from MSI 60 to 216 gsm 16 80 Ib 4 16 3 Paper size Paper size which can be set to each paper pick up unit is shown in the table below 4 SEF B5 JIS SEF A5 SEF 1 EXECUTIVE SEF LETTER SEF LEGAL 13 SEF LEGAL 14 SEF 500 Sheet Paper Universal Tray Minimum size Width 88 9mm 3 5inch xLength139 7mm 5 5inch Maximum size Width 215 9mm 8 5inch xLength 355 6mm 14inch 1 The end guide which is attached as standard needs to be installed when running 5 size paper The capacity of paper is 350 sheets or 40mm or less MSI Tray 8 506 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 5 Consumables 5 1 Consumables are usually replaced by costumers In the event of recovery of failure attributable to consumables o
190. ected to the harness Go to step 3 HARNESS ASSY connector normally CRUM Go to step 2 3 TE Replace Picking FARNESS CRUM for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY Is J710 lt gt J71 continuous normally CRUM IRRE Replace Charing HARNESS ASSY EEPROM orconinty HARNESS ASSY EEPROM Checking PHD ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace new PHD ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN 1 90 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 48 BTR Life Over 2 Replace Transfer Unit Initial setting With tool Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 BTR ASSY replacing condition concerned Without tool SENSOR TONER FULL replacing condition Go to step 3 Checking SENSOR TONER FULL Does SENSOR TONER FULL function normally Go to step 6 Go to step 3 Using SENSOR TONER FULL diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Test Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for signal Is P J141 3PIN lt gt P J141 1PIN 5VDC Go to step 5 2 ASSX Replace HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS Checking BTR ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace new BTR ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for continuity Replace SENSOR Is J142 lt gt J142 continuous normally TONER FULL Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for signal 3 Remove the BTR ASSY Go to step 6 Go to step 4 Is P J141 2PIN lt gt P J141 1PIN OVDC 1 91 FIP 49 Fuser Life Over 2 Replace Fuser U
191. ee belt nip system Resolution Two types of resolutions can be switched Printing speed halved at 1200dpi Main scanning direction 600 dots 25 4mm by video signal from controller 1200 dots 25 4mm by video signal from controller Half speed Sub scanning direction 600 dots 25 4mm fixed 1200 dots 25 4mm fixed Half speed Operation Mode The printer can be operated in either of 2 operation modes The modes are switched over by command from the printer controller or change of printer operation etc Running mode State in running or recording operation Fixing system Held at operating temperature Exposure system Operating status Recording system Operating status Fuser fan Operating at high speed Rear fan Operating at high speed Ready mode Ready state Fixing system Stop status 1 Exposure system Stop status 2 Recording system Stop status Fuser fan Stop status 3 Half speed running Rear fan Stop status 3 Half speed running 1 lt can be changed to ready temperature status by a command from a controller However it needs to be back in a stop status within 2 hours 2 lt can be changed to operating status by a command from a controller 3 Fan status is changed depending on the state temperature etc of the fixing system 8 500 4 7 4 8 4 9 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications Process Speed The printer prints by switching three levels Full speed printing with the highest process speed
192. emove from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 3 Turning the top of STRAP secured to the upper right of the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 meet a convex portion with the key hole in the CHUTE ASSY IN and pull out the top of STRAP to remove the STRAP Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 293 RRP9 XEROGRAPHICS RRP9 1 ROS ASSY PL9 1 1 SPRING ROS ROS ASSY engine rrp0089FB Figure ROS ASSY Removal 3 294 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 6 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 7 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 8 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 9 Remove the LVPS RRP12 4 10 Remove the connector P J151 on the ROS ASSY 11 Release the hook of the SPRING ROS PL9 1 2 securing the right and left shafts of the ROS ASSY from the printer 12 Remove 1 screw securing the ROS ASSY to the printer 13 Remove the ROS ASSY from the printer Replacement 1 Align the ROS ASSY with its replace position to the printer 2 Secure the left and right shafts of the ROS ASSY to the printer with the hooks at the top of SPRING ROS PL9 1 2 Secure the ROS ASSY to the printer with 1 screw Replace the connector P J151 to the ROS ASSY Replace the LVP
193. emove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 Remove the SWITCH ASSY SIZE RRP3 8 Shift the harness of the PICKUP ASSY from the right hook of the FEEDER ASSY UNIT Remove 2 screws securing the PICKUP ASSY from the FEEDER ASSY UNIT 12 Raise the PICKUP ASSY from the FEEDER ASSY UNIT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 203 RRP3 13 ROLL ASSY FEED 3 3 3 ROLL ASSY FEED L engine rrp0037FA Figure ROLL ASSY FEED Removal 1 ROLL ASSY FEED R engine rrp0122FA Figure ROLL ASSY FEED Removal 2 3 204 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 In the following steps replace and remove the ROLL ASSY FEED unilateral at a time to confirm the replacing direction of the ROLL ASSY FEED 3 Rotate the SHAFT FEED 1 PL3 3 2 so that the rubber of the ROLL ASSY FEED faces downward from the printer FEEDER 4 Release the hook securing the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT FEED 1 and remove the ROLL ASSY FEED Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 205 RRP3 14 SENSOR PHOTO NO PAPER PL3 3 4 SENSOR PHOTO NO PAPER FRONT TOP engine rrp0038FA Figure SENSOR PHOTO NO PAPER Removal 3 206 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSET
194. enana 463 2 1 Configuration i cti le 463 2 2 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between 465 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 493 1 Configuration of Pfinfer A kaen poder usted ee 495 T t Basic Configuration enne d etse ci dic d dede e anb e E d LE ee ae eee 495 1 2 Functional 495 2 Elecirical Properties en 496 2 1 Power SOUFIGo 496 2 2 Power Consumption teret e dtu tee don tet adderet 496 3 Mechanical Properties aan a ot arcere da qo Vaasa aa Rud etu Kakko lo Te 497 3 1 Dimensions Mass of Printer 2 222 1 1000 nada 497 3 2 Dimensions Mass of Universal Paper Tray standard paper supply 500 sheets 497 3 3 Dimensions Mass of Consumables 497 3 4 Installation Space min installation 499 4 ues 500 4 1 Recording System itd i eerte ot e a Det b Ee Dd aset 500 4 2 Exposure SyStelm io cen Eee tib lite 500 4 3 Development 0 2 00222 1 1 11 4 1 nd 500 4 4 Fixing System enserir ariei ieia E A
195. enu 865003E59460 COVER TOP PHD ge RE TN Refer to Item 10 COVER REAR traen iud 865802 22930 S RUD LOR nodo eL e 865026E76270 SPRING LINK nn Name 865809E28570 Bw 865012 10050 COVER SIDE Rc inr 865802 52300 COVER ASSY 865802K34280 COVER MSl Send 865050K44821 TRAY tete 865050E16900 TRAY ASSY BASE atit tud eas 865050K4461 1 COVER ASSY 000400000 865802K34291 COVER SIDE iii er 865802 22900 COVER TOP STOPPER tee 865802E32020 LEVER POP UP as ame La 865604K 12880 FEED ROLL KIT with 3X2pcs TRAY ASSY LOW with 26 and 27 865050K44820 5 373 PL 2 1 Paper Cassette Illustration W 1 with 2 7 engine partslisto002FC 5 374 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 2 1 Paper Cassette List Item Parts name 1 CASSETTE ASS Y with 2 7 00 865084K12330 2 ROLL ASSY RETARD 865059 21730 3 CLUTCH ASSY 0000000 865005K06270 4 HOLDER RETARD rd ala 8650 19E49231 5 SPRING 202 050 0 00 865809 40970 6 A5 BLOCK 7 CHUTE GUIDE COVER 1 Periodical Replacement Parts 5 375 PL 3 1 Paper Feeder Illustration engine partslisto003FD 5 376 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 3 1 Paper Feeder List Item o N Parts name COVER FDR
196. er L Super High Gloss Back Face If a User size check box is checked automatic detection of paper size will become invalid and the paper size chosen from the pull down menu the following item will become effective Monarch Postcard COM 10 DL Statement A5 C5 B5 Executive Letter A4 Legal13 Legal14 Universal size Moreover setting up Width paper width and Length paper length numerically has come out for every paper size The set up value is written in NVM and when the paper size is chosen next time it is read Paper size is chosen from a pull down menu the following item when MSI is chosen by Input Monarch Postcard COM 10 DL Statement A5 C5 B5 Executive Letter A4 Legal13 Legal14 Universal size When paper size is set as Universal size Width paper width and Length paper length are set up numerically Printing setting number of sheets 32 the print count User size Universal size 2 124 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 5 Input Test 2 5 1 Executing input test Click the Diagnostic Input Test button and the following screen will appear Hibana Service Commander Version 1 00 x Interlock Sensor Sensor Fuser Ready ROSReady Regi Sensor Exit Sensor Duplex Sensor Full Stack Sensor Black No Toner Sensor Cyan No Toner Sensor Magenta No Toner Sensor Yellow No Toner Sensor Black Toner Bottle Sensor Cyan Toner Bottle Sens
197. erMotorBlack DeveBiasDC Magente IDT2 Plus RearFanMotor High speed DeveBiasDC Cyan Plus FuserFanMotor High speed w DeveBiasDC Black DTS Click the check box on the left side of the item to be operated and y is displayed in the check box and the operation starts If clicking again the check box the check is cancelled and the operation stops However some parts will stop automatically when the specified time elapsed For the items that have the pull down menu select the menu to be executed 2 127 2 6 2 Type of output test The output tests that can be checked are as listed below Name Parts Name Function Selectableitems Checking method Main Motor MAIN DRIVE ASSY Speed Forward Double Speed Duplex Motor MOTOR ASSY DUP Speed Speed lt Warning gt Normal Speed lt Caution gt Fuser Motor FUSER DRIVE ASSY Half Speed The rotation state 1 3 Speed of a motor is Normal Speed checked by sound Deve Motor DEVE DRIVE ASSY Half Speed or operation or viewing 1 3 Speed Normal Speed Option Motor DRIVE ASSY FEEDER Half Speed Toner Motor Yellow T ASSY TONER HBN Toner Motor Magenta ASSY TONER HBN Tone jan O ASSY TONER HBN EE Toner Motor Black er ASSY TONER HBN EE High Speed Rear Fan Motor FAN REAR Low Speed High Speed Fuser Fan Motor FAN FUSER Low Speed 2 128 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics Name Paris NamelFuncti n Selectable items Checking method
198. erated and transferred on the BTR For the shape of patches see the following figure About 11mm gt Y About 12mm M About 3mm About 57mm engine 0046 3 The SENSOR ADC ASSY density sensor detects the density of the area BTR where no toner is present and the density of patches 4 The density measured in step 3 is compared with target value set in step 1 to change the drum charging voltage and the developing DC voltage for each color according to a difference 6 452 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 7 4 2 Toner Density Control The toner density must be kept constant to attain stable printing image To keep the toner density constant the toner should be dispensed exactly by the quantity consumed for the printing This system is the PCDC However the system with only the PCDC generates a difference from target toner density thus requiring the system to correct this error This is the toner density control by the SENSOR ADC ASSY These two control systems are altogether called the toner density control 1 PCDC Pixel Count Dispense Control The toner quantity consumed in the developing process is calculated by counting the video signals entered to the ROS ASSY The video signal counting is made by the charging and discharging of the capacitor in the CR circuit arranged in parallel to the video signal line The consumed toner quantity is calcula
199. ere J232 lt 5 gt AC N 220V lt 4 gt I ACL 1117 lt P J161 4 2 HARNESS J235 J234 J233 J232 1 1 1 7 480 B1 B2 B3 B4 A5 4 2 FUSER ASSY PL8 1 1 P321 P J144 87 m ad BS B4 P32 At m A2 P32 A3 5 M 2 1 Fuser EEPROM Exit Sensor P32 B2 M Bi M Thermostat engine wire0007FB Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal Tine name EXIT PAPER SENSED H 3 3VDC Paper detection signal in fuser by Exit Sensor in FUSER ASSY High paper present Heat Roll surface temperature data analog value measured by FUSER_STS Temp Sensor to determine the fuser control temperature HEAT1 Heater ON OFF control signal 1 signal and 2 signal reverse logic and unless HEA2 of signals are turned on Heater does not turn them on Neutral side of AC input from power supply Heater power supply Line side of AC input from power supply Heater power supply Heater rated power 650 30W 100V Thermostat contact open temperature 160 C 5 C 7 481 87 ROS section
200. ers in the illustrations represent screws and clips as follows S screw E E ring KL KL clip C ring and N nut V mark in the illustrations are attached to items indicating assembly parts in the illustrations Encircled alphabetical figures in the illustrations indicate interrupted leader lines Same characters in the illustrations represent lines to be connected The mark with 2 5 attached to assembly parts on the illustrations and lists represents that the items 2 3 4 and 5 of that plate are contained and the mark with 2 5 PL6 1 1 1 represent that the item 2 3 4 and 5 of that plate and the item 1 of the plate 6 1 are contained The mark PLX Y Z attached to parts in the illustrations and lists resents that the parts is the same as the parts of the item Z of the plate X Y The mark x attached to the item in the list represents recommended spare parts which be usually supplied Supply of other parts shall be examined separately The mark attached to parts in the list represents Note or Reference about that parts is contained in the same page HIGH ASSY in the list represent the high level assembly parts containing that parts For spare parts refer to the Spare parts list which is issued separately NOTE For the connector P J parts such as harness wire etc in the list refer to Cha
201. etween PWBA MCU HBN and CHUTE TURN MSI Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and KIT SENSOR OHP Controller section Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and CONTROLLER BOARD Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA Connection between CONTROLLER BOARD and PWBA FONT CARD Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 2 2 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts The following describes the legend of the wiring diagrams between parts shown on the following pages Symbols Denotes Pin yy and Jack yy of the connector Pxx and Jxx Denotes the parts PL X Y Z implies the item 2 of plate PL X Y in Chapter 5 Parts List Denotes functional parts attached with functional parts name Denotes the control and its outline PWB Denotes a connection between parts with harnesses or wires attached with signal name contents Denotes the function and logic value of the signal to operate the REGI CLUTCH function Low L High gt The given voltage is for signal in high status The arrow indicates the direction of signal EXIT PAPER Denotes the function and logic value of the signal when the lt function operated Low L High H The given voltage is for signal in high status The arrow indicates the direction of signal 7 465 Symbols Denotes a connection between wires 24VDC Denotes DC voltage when the interlock switc
202. ever touch the live parts and driving parts 3 Short two pins of the test print connector P31 on the PWBA MCU HBN Reference To short two pins make the screwdriver tip touch the two pins 4 The printer transits to the READY mode and starts the printing Printing is carried out continuously in the Duplex mode 5 To stop the printing remove the screwdriver to release the short of two pins 27 The paper is fed from the tray 1 and if no paper is set in the tray 1 printing is not NOTE carried out The test print in a stand alone printer disregards the cleaning cycle NOTE Therefore a blank sheet will be output if it goes into a cleaning cycle while the pin is shorted Reference Printing will not start if the printer is in an error status Reference For the READY mode see 6 2 Operation Modes in Section 6 Operational Principle P14 2Pin 1Pin Annina diannnni FA 2 117 1 3 Test Print Pattern The test print pattern a lattice pattern composed of black K magenta and yellow Y patterns in the order of vertical 128 dots and horizontal about 188 dots 188dot About 2mm A 128dot About 2mm 2 118 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 Diagnosis by Diagn
203. f Diagnostics 2 7 10 Life The life counters stored in the NVM are displayed Some life counters are rewritable When the Life tab is clicked a life counter display screen is displayed At this time a counter value is not displayed yet Read Click the Load button and current life counters are read and the following screen appears Hibana Service Commander Version 1 00 Data Slave Life Holder Toner Assy Counter Limit Warning Point Y toner dispense time il co M toner dispense time 95 C toner dispense time 1700 K toner dispense time 845 BTR prints Fuser prints Printer total prints 2976 PHD print count PHD drum rotation time 67632 Y Dev dispense time dispense time C Dev dispense time K Dev dispense time O gt N 4 BIBI wm om l Af OI DI YI YI Col 2 oi OI OI O CE PUN QI SI SI SI OI m wo wh PI N N DI AI 4 AI I c S 4 4 O Ej I ofj m VI Si S D Oj n SIN MESI MESA MOSSIN O 01 N ca gt RI E cen Ol N O en Al O Write Enter a value in the counter field to be changed and click the Save button Do not change the counters except there is unavoidable reason Writing is disabled on the screen for the non rewrit
204. ft shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER Pull out the BEARING EARTH that secures the left shaft of the ROLL REGI RUBBER on CHUTE ASSY In the following steps take care not to lose the SPRING and SPRING REGI L as they will spring Remove the SPRING REGI L from the right side of CHUTE ASSY using a mini screwdriver From the left side surface of CHUTE ASSY remove screw that secures the ASSY Pull out the BEARING METAL L black that secures the left shaft of ROLL METAL on the CHUTE ASSY Raising the left shaft of ROLL REGI METAL pull out the ROLL REGI METAL together with the BEAR ING METAL white on the right shaft from the CHUTE ASSY Release the hook at 2 position on the bottom of CHUTE ASSY that secure the OHP SENSOR ASSY from the CHUTE ASSY REGI 10 Remove the OHP SENSOR ASSY from the CHUTE ASSY REGI Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 306 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Blank Page 3 307 RRP10 TCRU ASSY RRP10 1 HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT REFERENCE ONLY HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT PWBA DRV HBN LVPS engine rrp0100FC Figure HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT Removal 1 S HVPS PWBA EEPROM
205. gh No Cassette Monarch With 15s Length proa Trey2 P empty User size No Cassette g Upper Cassette Detached width 5159 Length pres Tray3 Paper Empty User size No Cassette Monarch i None Upper Cassette Detached width Pisa Length Test Print niversal size MSI Paper empty Monarch 600 Width 400 Length 297 0 1200 Read mediasurf r Media Plain paper L v Print Start 1800 Printing setting number of sheets No Cassette ice Commander Transfer Current High M User size Universal universal y Width 15s Length proa M User size Tray2 COM 10 0 Width 2159 Length fara v User size Tray3 Image Monarch C None Width 2159 Length Test Print MSI niversal size Monarch 600 Width Length Read mediasurf en mad 1200 Media paper L v 1800 Print Start Cassette eguipped Printing setting number of sheets 2 123 Set respective items displayed click the Print Start button and the printing will start under the set conditions Parameter setting items are as listed below Setting items Description Tray1 Tray2 Tray3 MSI Paper size set in each tray is detected automatically and displayed The state of each tray is also
206. gure SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED Removal 2 3 272 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 4 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 5 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 6 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 8 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 11 Remove the STRAP RRP8 6 13 Remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI RRP6 2 14 Release a hook of the SPRING SOL 0 5 PL6 1 39 from a convex portion on the STOPPER SOL PL6 1 38 from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 15 Release the hook at 1 position securing the STOPPER SOL to the left shaft of SHAFT MSI and pull out the STOPPER SOL of the shaft from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 16 Release the hook at 1 position securing the GEAR MSI PL6 1 22 to the right shaft of SHAFT MSI and pull the GEAR MSI out of the shaft from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 17 Release the hooks of the SPRING N F MSI 250gf PL6 1 21 from the left and right shafts of SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 18 Release the hook at 1 position securing the CAM MSI PL6 1 25 to the SHAFT MSI PL6 1 28 and move the CAM MSI inside from the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 19 Pull off the BEARING MSI PL6 1 24 on the SHAFT MSI toward the inside from the bearing of the CHUTE ASSY OUT 20 Raisi
207. h in PWBA MCU HBN turns on 5VDC 3 3VDC Denotes DC voltage SG 7 466 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Blank Page 7 467 81 Power supply section PWBA MCU HBN PWBA DRV HBN PL12 1 12 Interlock Interlock 24VDC 24VDC PRA PLIES PHS 17 24 t3 1817 IE OPER 29 35 lt 6 P J41 RIN P J163 P E 19 ES 22 2 2 20 21 PIES oc Pot oo PAM 5VDC 1 A Td 9 24 gt gt 17 Supply 2 8 eo 3 3VDC PIE un mug 3 9 43 3VDC S E S 18 9 22 z 19 21 20 P J42 P J12 14 17 15 16 P J165 P J61 om Pa 216 6 2 trasto lt s 6 ec 12 01 19 7 DA 29 7 gt lt 2 PNI66 AN REAR FAIL H 3 3VDC 2 gt ja FAN REAR ON H FAN REAR RTN PL12 1 2 3 P J164 P J311 n GND ESS 3 5VDC_ESS gt El GND_ESS 5 3 3VDC_ESS Wa P
208. haft of the ROLL DUP 7 Extract the BEARING EARTH PL6 1 11 securing the left shaft of the ROLL DUP to the CHUTE ASSY OUT 8 Remove the E ring securing the right shaft of the ROLL DUP to the CHUTE ASSY OUT 9 Extract the BEARING PL6 1 16 securing the right shaft of the ROLL DUP to the CHUTE ASSY OUT Raise the right shaft of the ROLL DUP above the CHUTE ASSY OUT shift it from the bearing bore and pull out the ROLL DUP o Replace components the reverse order of removal 3 261 RRP6 8 ACTUATOR DUP PL6 1 13 engine rrpOO65FA Figure ACTUATOR Removal 1 SPRING SNR DUP M 4 N Uy Mi 2 ZU ge AA ACTUATOR DUP gt engine 0066 Figure ACTUATOR Removal 2 3 262 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal uo e mc al Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the COVER ACTUATOR PL6 1 14 to the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 of the printer Remove the COVER ACTUATOR from the CHUTE ASSY OUT Pushing the actuator of the ACTUATOR DUP inward from the CHUTE ASSY OUT slide the ACTUA TOR leftward and extract the right side shaft of the AC
209. heck the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 BTR ASSY replacing condition concerned SENSOR ADC ASSY replacing condition Checking HARNESS ASSY CTD for connection Is HARNESS ASSY CTD connected to the SENSOR ADC Go to step 3 Replace ie parts concerned ASSY normally NE Replace LSK epo ASSY CTD for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY Is J136 lt gt J1361 continuous normally CTD s Replace o oot RARNESS ASSY FRONT1A 5 Checking HARNESS ASSY CTD for signal Replace SENSOR Replace PWBA Is P J1361 1PIN lt gt P J1361 3PIN OVDC ADC ASSY MCU HBN 1 81 39 1 R mo Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts SENSOR LOW PAPER replacing condition concerned SENSOR actuator replacing condition With tool Does the error occur even ifthe paper is added End of work Without tool Go to step 4 Go to step 2 Checking SENSOR LOW PAPER Does SENSOR LOW PAPER function normally Replace PWBA Go to step 4 Using SENSOR LOW PAPER diagnostic tool check by MCU HBN Digital Input Test Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J47 10 lt gt P J47 9 3 3VDC SOIDA Cote step 13 Checking PWBA HBN for signal Replace PWBA Replace PWBA Is P J42 20 lt gt P J42 15 3 3VDC DRV HBN MCU HBN Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Replace SENSOR Replace PWBA Is P J47 8 lt gt P J
210. hooting Error status code Diag Error Message Display Error Mes Method of clear sage 59h C9h 1 Print Paper cannot be delivered from the cassette Paper Empty Put s in s Bin Replenish the paper 59h C9h 2 Print Paper cannot be delivered from the cassette Upper Cassette Detached Adjust Input Paper cassette replacement Bin SAh CARO Full Stack Output Bin Full PS Take out paper from the delivery tray 5Bh CBh O Shutdown Yellow Toner Empty 2 Yellow Toner Empty Toner cartridge replacement 5Bh CBh 1 Shutdown Magenta Toner Empty 2 Magenta Toner Empty Toner cartridge replacement 5Bh CBh 2 Shutdown Cyan Toner Empty 2 1 Cyan Toner Empty Toner cartridge replacement 5Bh CBh 3 Shutdown Black Toner Empty 2 Black Toner Empty Toner cartridge replacement 5Bh CBh 4 Shutdown PHD Life Over 2 Replace Imaging Unit PHD ASSY replacement 5Bh CBh 5 Shutdown BTR Life Over 2 Replace Transfer Unit ASSY replacement 5Bh CBh 6Fuser Life Shutdown Over 2 Replace Fuser Unit Clearing the counter after replacing the FUSER ASSY 1 39 3 4 Error Code FIPs FIP 1 Yellow Toner Cartridge Detached Yellow Toner Cartridge Missing Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault With tool Cartridge replacing condition Replace the parts Go to step 2 SW TCRU ASSY Y replacing condition concerned Without tool SW TCRU ASSY Y actuator replacing condition Go to step 3 SW TCRU A
211. hould be raised up by more than two people NOOO FP WD TD 1 2 3 4 Se _ xw When removing the top unit of the printer from the FEEDER ASSY UNIT be careful not NOTE to drop or damage the upper parts of the printer 17 Raise the printer and separate it from the FEEDER ASSY UNIT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal Take care not to pinch the harness on the FEEDER ASSY UNIT side when replacing NOTE the printer top unit on the FEEDER ASSY UNIT 3 185 RRP3 4 HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L REFERENCE ONLY HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L engine rrp0033FA HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L engine rrp0034FA Figure HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L Removal 2 3 186 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 7 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 8 Remove the PICKUP ASSY RRP3 12 9 Remove 4 screws securing the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L to the PLATE BOTTOM 0 Pull down the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L inward and extract the hooks at 3 positions out of the hole at the PLATE BOTTOM 11 Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER L u
212. iagnosis is stopped it will return from Diag mode to Ready mode and the EEPROM Diagnostics Output Test buttons on the initial screen become inactive Moreover selection of the TEST PRINT button is attained 2 3 4 Kinds of diagnostic functions Four kinds of diagnostic functions are provided kinds Description lt SS O Test Print Execute test printing of the patterns stored in the printer Input Test Check the sensors and switches for condition Output Test Operate the motors and solenoids EEPROM Read Write Read write various data in EEPROM Non Volatile Memory The firmware of IOT is rewritten 2 3 5 Communication log files The Diagnostic Commander can record the data commands and statuses transmitted received between printer controller and PWBA MCU HBN in the files The following files are automatically created in the folder where the Diagnostic Commander has been installed logO txt log1 txt log2 txt log3 txt The data of one day are written to one file even if the Diagnostic Commander is started exited repeatedly Up to four files namely files for four days are created and the data of fifth day are overwritten in the oldest file 2 122 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 4 Test Print Clicking the TEST PRINT button causes the following screen to be displayed Hibana Service Commander Version 1 00 lolx Transter Current Paper empty a Monarch Hi
213. ide of the CHUTE ASSY OUT 3 Shift the actuator of the ACTUATOR FULL from the hole at the center of the CHUTE ASSY OUT and pull up the ACTUATOR FULL from the CHUTE ASSY OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 253 RRP6 4 SENSOR PHOTO DUP PL6 1 4 SENSOR PHOTO DUP Ps N engine rrp0068FA Figure SENSOR PHOTO DUP Removal 3 254 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 3 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Remove the ACTUATOR RRP6 8 6 Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the SENSOR PHOTO DUP to the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 7 Remove the SENSOR PHOTO DUP from the CHUTE ASSY OUT and remove the connector P J133 Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 255 RRP6 5 SENSOR PHOTO MSI PL6 1 4 SENSOR PHOTO MSI REAR VIEW engine rrp0071FA Figure SENSOR PHOTO MSI Removal 3 256 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 3 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Remove the ACTUATOR MSI RRP6 11 6 Remove the connector P J135 on the SENSOR PHOTO MSI fr
214. ing HARNESS 55 TNR4 for continuity Is 514 lt gt J51 continuous normally Qoo sep Tio SN Go to step 11 End of work Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA 411 37 lt gt J41 4 DRV HBN and if 11 38 lt gt J41 3 still faulty replace 11 39 lt gt J41 2 PWBA MCU HBN 411 40 lt gt J41 1 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 68 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 26 PHD Life Over Replace Imaging Unit w Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts PHD ASSY replacing condition concerned PWBA CRUM in PHD ASSY replacing condition Checking PWBA CRUM for connection Replace 2 15 PWBA connector connected to the harness Go to step 3 HARNESS ASSY connector normally CRUM Go to step 2 4 TE Replace peeking PARNESS ASSY CRUM for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY Is J170 lt gt J71continuous normally CRUM IRRE Replace chaning HARNESS ASSY EEPROM fr contnuty HARNESS ASSY EEPROM Checking PHD ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace new PHD ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN 1 69 27 BTR Life Over Replace Transfer Unit Initial setting 1 Check the following for evidence of fault BTR ASSY replacing condition SENSOR TONER FULL replacing condition Checking SENSOR TONER FULL 2 Does SENSOR TONER FULL function normally Using SENSOR TONER FULL diagnostic
215. ion If the printer version is updated the NVM initial values may have to be changed In such a case rewrite the NVM data using this function Steps 1 Click the Write NVM Data button and the following screen will appear Look in ja temp ex Files of type write NVM data file txt Cancel Open as read only 2 2 The text file NVM data to write in is described to be is chosen A text file is saving at the temp folder under the folder which installed the Diagnostic Commander 3 Click the Open button 4 Upon completion of writing the message is displayed Successful termination completed Unsuccessful termination Write in operation of a nenvolatile memory was not completed normally Reference The contents of text file are written to the NVM sequentially but if there is an address where data can t be written the operation is terminated unsuccessfully and the subse quent file data are not written You can confirm where unsuccessful termination occurred by referring to the data transmission receiving records in the communication log file 2 132 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 7 5 Save Life Adjustment Data If the PWBA MCU HBN is replaced only the NVM data to be succeeded to new PWB are read and saved in the text file NSD extension Steps 1 Click the Save Life Adjustment Data button and the following screen will appear Save in C3 temp Ej 2 ex
216. ition Nas Dre PWBA CRUM READER No toner bottle Yellow Toner Bottle Sensor PWBA CRUM READER No toner bottle Y Casale LEO PAPET SENSOR PHOTO Low Paper Sensor Sensor Gasseliee Low Paper SENSOR PHOTO Low Paper Sensor2 Sensor EUM Low Paper SENSOR PHOTO Low Paper Sensor3 SENSOR PHOTO No Paper Sensor3 Option Feeder Not Installed Detect whether Option Feeder is installed Option Feeder is not or not installed installed BTR Toner Full Sensor SENSOR TONER FULL Full toner Detect whether PHD ASSY PKG is PHD ASSY PKG is not PHD Not Installed 4 installed or not installed installed FAN 1 Alarm Sensor FAN FUSER Detect FAN FUSER alarm FAN 2 Alarm Sensor FAN REAR Detect FAN REAR alarm The analog input tests that can be checked are as listed below Name PartsName Contents of display ADC CTD SENSOR ADC ASSY Toner density on BTR surface Fuser Temp NC Heat roll FUSER ASSY Heat roll surface temperature Center Fuser NCS sensor output value1 Fuser Temp STS Heat roll FUSER ASSY Heat roll surface temperature Edge Fuser Temp Heat roll surface temperature Center NC DifferenceAmplification EIRERASSN Fuser NCS sensor output value2 Fuser Temp NC Sensor FUSER ASSY Heat roll surface temperature Center Fuser NCS sensor temperature Environment Temp SENSOR HUM TEMP Inside temperature of printer Environment Humidity SENSOR HUM TEMP Inside humidity of printer BTR Voltage BTR Assy Voltage which is flowing now BT
217. lacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 243 RRP5 6 LATCHL PL5 1 30 FRONT ASSY IN LATCH L engine rrp0057FA Figure LATCH L Removal 3 244 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 3 Release the latch at A from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 4 Release the hook at 1 position securing the LATCH L to the left side of the CHUTE ASSY IN 5 Remove the LATCH L from the CHUTE ASSY IN Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 245 RRP6 ASSY OUT RRP6 1 CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 CHUTE ASSY OUT LEFT SIDE VIEW CHUTE ASSY OUT PWBA DRV HBN Kopo ERIS 5 Vik p y RIGHT SIDE VIEW Figure CHUTE ASSY OUT Removal 1 3 246 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures E SHAFT PIVOT engine 0059 Figure CHUTE ASSY OUT Removal 2 CHUTE ASSY OUT engine rrp0060FA Figure CHUTE ASSY OUT Removal 3 3 247 Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the
218. learing the Error Status Code In the table below shutdown means that control over motors ROS ASSY FUSER NOTE ASSY and so on is stopped after a certain time NOTE is generated In the table below print means that printing is continued even if error status code Error status code Diag Error Message Display Error Mes Method of clear sage 51h C1h status 1 0 Shutdown Yellow Toner Cartridge Detached Yellow Toner Toner cartridge replacement Cartridge Missing 51h C1h status 1 1 Shutdown Magenta Toner Cartridge Detached Magenta Toner cartridge replacement Toner Cartridge Missing 51h C1h status 1 2 Shutdown Cyan Toner Cartridge Detached Cyan Toner Toner cartridge replacement Cartridge Missing 51h C1h status 1 3 Shutdown Black Toner Cartridge Detached Black Toner Toner cartridge replacement Cartridge Missing 51h C1h status 1 4 Shutdown PHD Detached Imaging Unit Missing PHD ASSY replacement 51h C1h status 1 5 Shutdown BTR Detached Transfer Unit Missing BTR ASSY replacement 51h C1h status 1 6 Shutdown Fuser Detached Fuser Unit Missing Power OFF ON after replacing the FUSER ASSY 51h C1h status 2 0 Shutdown CRUM ID Error TC Y Call for Service CRUM Replace Toner Cartridge Y Error Y TC 51h C1h status 2 1 Shutdown CRUM ID Error TC M Call for Service CRUM Replace Toner Cartridge Error M TC 51h C1h status 2 2 Shutdown CRUM ID Error TC C Call for Service CRUM Repl
219. lectricity In the charging process the drum surface rotating at a constant speed is charged uniformly with negative electricity by discharging of RTC Rubber Tube Charge Charged film This process is performed in parallel for yellow magenta cyan and black colors EN 4 The RTC is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the rotations of the drum RTC is a conductive roll receives discharge voltage from HVPS and discharges at minus DC voltage The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias voltage The drum surface is optical conductor which is insulator in a dark place and conductor when receiving light and the drum inside is composed of conductor The Refresher is a conductive brush and it receives negative DC voltage from the HVPS to catch the toner of reverse polarity returned to the drum via IDT Also it removes discharge products Refresher RTC Optical conductoi Conductor engine principle0004FB Drum surface Electric potential y on drum ONIS 529222592022 SSA SIS amma E OSOS 5 gt 5 gt 5 gt 5 gt 5 gt 5 gt 5 gt 5 gt 5 gt 692255222552 692252222552 622252222522 POR 255522555225 0 II 000000000000 engine principle0006FA engine principle0005FA 6 407 1 3 2 Exposure In the exposure process the drum surface charged negatively is scanned by laser bea
220. leshooting es o Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE 2 Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 1PIN lt gt P J51 2PIN less than 0 2VDC A SA RE Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY TNR4 Is J703 lt gt J51 continuous normally Checking SENSOR TONER LOW Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR TONER LOW Go to step 6 End of work was replaced with a new one With tool Go to step 7 Without tool Go to step 8 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Is 012 21 lt gt J42 10 continuous normally Checking TONER MOTOR Does TONER MOTOR function normally Using TONER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital Output Test In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 9 Replace PWBA Is P J51 31PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Replace enecking HARNESS ASS TNRA for continuity Go to step 10 HARNESS ASSY Is J513 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNRA Go to step 11 End of work Replace PWBA DRV HBN and if still faulty replace PWBA MCU HBN Check the toner stirring AUGER or Go to step 8 gear for damage Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity J11 33 l
221. linename line name LL Description RT EP A M XPDA mm CASE DSSS data signals to make Quad Beam Laser Diodes laser TA_C_C XPDATA_D_K diodes for 4 colors in ROS ASSY emit the light A Light quantity control signals for each color LD laser diode PO Voltages for adjusting light quantity of each color LD LD_ 5VDC Line to provide ROS ASSY with 5VDC through from PWBA Scanning start reference signal based on the input of laser beam Write read data to EEPROM PWB Clock signal to EEPROM PWB MCU HBN to PHD ASSY PKG 7 483 88 Xerographics 1 PWBA MCU HBN PL12 1 1 5VDC P J140 141 TONER 3 3VDC E 12 De 11 L 1 ADC VOUT 12 De 5VDC 13 gt M 14 SS m ADC MONITOR 15 D lt S 16 gt m P J24 P2361 4 M 5VDC 3 He 2 ENV TEMP 1 gt m 7 484 m O A Ps N amp W N O J141 P J142 m lt 2 MM gt m SENSOR TONER FULL PL5 1 13 SENSOR ADC ASSY J1361 p136 PLS 1 11 gt _ lt 5 Mo 4 3 2 gt 1 J236
222. m the CHUTE ASSY OUT inward with radio pliers 20 Pull out the right SHAFT PIVOT from the CHUTE ASSY OUT inward with radio pliers 21 Release the latch at B from the printer and pull out the CHUTE ASSY OUT toward the front and remove lt wm wm Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 248 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Blank Page 3 249 RRP6 2 SENSOR PHOTO FULL STACK 6 1 4 SENSOR PHOTO FULL STACK engine rrp0062FA Figure SENSOR PHOTO FULL STACK Removal 3 250 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the ACTUATOR FULL RRP6 3 3 Remove the connector P J134 on the SENSOR PHOTO FULL STACK from top portion of the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 of the printer 4 Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the SENSOR PHOTO FULL STACK to the CHUTE ASSY OUT 5 Remove the SENSOR PHOTO FULL STACK from the CHUTE ASSY OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 251 RRP6 3 ACTUATOR FULL 6 1 5 ACTUATOR FULL engine rrp0061FA Figure ACTUATOR FULL Removal 3 252 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Deflect the shaft of the ACTUATOR FULL from top portion the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 of the printer and extract the shaft of the ACTUATOR FULL from the bearing bore on the left s
223. ment Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 269 RRP6 12 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL6 1 40 STOPPER SOL SPRING SOL MSI PICK UP SOLENOIED engine rrp0072FA Figure SOLENOID FEED MSI Removal 3 270 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 4 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 5 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 6 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 8 Remove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 11 Remove the STRAP RRP8 6 12 Remove the CHUTE ASSY OUT RRP6 1 13 Release the hook of the SPRING SOL 0 5 PL6 1 39 hitched on the convex portion on the STOPPER SOL PL6 1 38 from the left side surface of the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 14 Remove the connector P J132 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI from the CHUTE ASY OUT 15 Remove 1 screw securing the SOLENOID FEED MSI to the CHUTE ASSY OUT 16 Remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI from the CHUTE ASSY OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 271 RRP6 13 SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED REFERENCE ONLY SPRING N F CHUTE ASSY OUT SPRING N F GEAR MSI engine rrp0074FA Figure SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED Removal 1 BEARING MSI SHAFT ROLL FEED BEARING MSI engine rrp0073FA Fi
224. mission in writing from Xerox International Partners Introduction Unpacking the Printer The printer must be carried horizontally with two or more persons Extreme care must be taken to avoid personal Check visually the printer for evidence of any damages Peel all tapes off the printer Remove protection parts 2 pieces from the paper tray engine intro0005FB Contents Table of Contents ETA EM ASA A RR ii 2 OPYTIOHEN O Cies ii TEPO ACTION ss id iii T ADoOUEXDIS THAT acoso id Some FREQ V 2 Marks givingoestlllOPt AS A onov deese A bib e e V 3 Related COCINAS V UR 4 1 POWerSQUTCO A db vi 4 2 Driving UNIS vii 4 3 High temperature UMIS alarm tl vii 4 4 Laser e TREE an soe soutien cect E viii 4 5 Warming cautiom labels 13 Chapter 1 Troublesho llngr ee ee bla 23 1 Progressing with the Troubleshooting 2 1 een 25 TT Troubleshooting oi ione cia dto 25 1 2 Preparatory 26 1 9 Cautions for Service Operations 2 eate t tdi etc eds educata eich ads 27 1 4 Caution
225. move Programs icon 3 Inthe Add or Remove Programs window select Hibana Service Tool and then click the Change Remove button 4 Follow the instructions on the screen to complete the uninstallation 5 Close the Add or Remove Programs window and the Control Panel window 2 2 4 Connecting diagnostic tools Steps 1 Remove the CONTROLLER BOARD See RRP12 3 2 Connect the DIAG PWB to the interface connector P14 of the PWBA MCU HBN 3 Connect the DIAG PWB to the PC with the RS 232C cable The RS 232C cable used must be compatible with the DIP SW cross straight setting and the connector of the DIAG PWB and also it must be shielded properly and less than 6 ft 2 m in length 2 120 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 3 Operation of Diagnostic Commander 2 3 1 Starting Diagnostic Commander Steps 1 Turn on the power switch of the printer 2 Start the Windows and double click the shortcut icon Hibana Service Commander on the desktop 3 To exit the Diagnostic Commander click the Close button 2 3 2 Description of initial screen When the Diagnostic Commander started the screen shown below appears This screen displays the printer conditions and the versions of printer and NVM Clicking the buttons on this screen allows various diagnostics to be executed Hibana Service Commander Version 1 00 Mode Call Life Over Warnin Ready DPKE 11 3 gt Version 0253 DAGON TESTPRI
226. ms to form invisible electrostatic latent image on the drum surface This process is performed in parallel for yellow magenta cyan and black colors Laser beams are emitted from the laser diode in the ROS ASSY By the rotating polygon mirror fixed mirror and lens attached to the scanner ASSY of the ROS ASSY each color of drum surface is scanned from end to end in the axial direction 5 gt Laser beams Y A gt Laser beams Luci gt Laser beams C Laser beams Mirror Mirror Mirror Polygon Mirror a Quad Beam Laser Diode Lens Drum M I A Drum C Mirror Drum A Mirror Mirror Mirror engine principle0007FA laser beams are emitted based on the print data image data from the printer controller When the 6 408 print data instructs to print pixel points laser beams are generated and when the print data instructs not to print no laser beams are generated On the areas which are developed by toner the laser beams light up and areas which are not developed by toner laser beams go out The laser beams emitted on the drum surface generate a pair electron lt gt hole in the optical conductive layer Electrons are excited on the conductive zone causing holes at the valence band Electrons are induced by the electric field moved toward the inside metallic part and flow into it The holes mov
227. n the left shaft of the CHUTE EXIT DUP to the through hole of the FUSER ASSY Do not separate the FUSER ASSY and CHUTE EXIT DUP too far since they are connected with harness 3 After extracting the left end of the CHUTE EXIT DUP from the through hole of the FUSER ASSY pull out the CHUTE EXIT DUP leftward from the FUSER ASSY 4 Release the hook at 1 position securing the ROLL EXIT REFERENCE ONLY to the right shaft of ROLL ASSY EXIT and pull the ROLL EXIT off the shaft 5 Release a hook each securing the BRG DECURLER REFERENCE ONLY from the right and left shafts of the ROLL ASSY EXIT and pull out the BRG DECURLER from the right and left shaft 6 From the CHUTE EXIT DUP shift the left end of the ROLL ASSY EXIT from the bearing and pull out the ROLL ASSY EXIT left upward Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal When installing the CHUTE EXIT DUP to the FUSER ASSY be careful not to allow the spring at the center of the CHUTE EXIT DUP to be inserted in the FUSER ASSY 3 287 RRP8 3 ACTUATOR EXIT PL8 1 7 CHUTE EXIT DUP SPRING ACTUATOR engine rrp0084FA REPLACEMENT SPRING POSITION Figure ACTUATOR EXIT Removal 3 288 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal FUSER is high temperature after operation Be careful when working it not to get Km IUCN SAME burning 1 Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the ROLL ASSY E
228. nal Go to step 6 Replace SENSOR Is P J18 3 lt gt P J18 2 OVDC Without tool REGI Go to step 7 Checking CLUTCH REGI Does the CLUTCH REGI function normally Using CLUTCH REGI diagnostic tool check by Digital Go to step 9 Go to step 7 Output Test In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking CLUTCH REGI for resistance value Remove the CLUTCH connector J18 Em CONTE Is J18 4PIN lt gt J18 5PIN less than 2000 Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Close the INTERLOCK SW Go to step 9 5 Is P18 4PIN lt gt 18 2 24VDC Replace the CHUTE on the machine and check the gears for meshing Checking CHUTE Does the ROLL rotate smoothly by hand Replace CHUTE 1 52 FIP 12 Fuser Jam Media Jam Fuser Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR EXIT actuator replacing condition FUSER ASY replacing condition FRONT COVER replacing condition CHUTE DUP IN replacing condition BTR ASSY replacing condition PHD ASSY replacing condition Checking FUSER ASSY connector or curved pins Checking SENSOR EXIT Does SENSOR EXIT function normally Test Checking HARNESS FSR2 for signal Push the paper in the FUSER ASSY Is P J138 3PIN lt gt P J138 2PIN OVDC Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT for continuity Is P138 lt gt J13 continuous normally Checking FUSER ASSY Check if an error occurs though the FUSER ASSY was replaced with a new one Checki
229. new PHD ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN 1 44 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 6 BTR Detached Transfer Unit Missing R we w Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts BTR ASSY replacing condition concerned SENSOR ADC ASSY replacing condition Checking HARNESS ASSY CTD for connection Replace the pars Is HARNESS ASSY CTD connected to the SENSOR ADC to step 3 ASSY normally Go to step 2 E s Replace Charing HARNESS ASSY FRONTIA rU HARNESS ASSY i FRONT1A Checking HARNESS 55 FRONT1A for signal Replace SENSOR Go to step 6 Is P J136 5PIN lt gt P J136 3PIN OVDC ADC ASSY NE Replace 3 LSK epo ASSY CTD for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY Is J136 lt gt J1361 continuous normally CTD Checking BTR ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace new BTR ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN 1 45 7 Fuser Detached Fuser Unit Missing 1 46 Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault FUSER ASSY replacing condition Checking FUSER ASSY Remove the FUSER and measure resistance value Is P232 A3PIN lt gt P232 A5PIN less than 400KQ Checking HARNESS ASSY FSR3 for continuity Is J232 lt gt J138 continuous normally Checking HARNESS ASSY FRONT for continuity Is P138 lt gt J13 continuous normally Replace the parts concerned Go to step 3 FUSER Replace Go to step
230. ng FUSER MOTOR for operation Does the FUSER MOTOR run when printing 1 sheet Checking FUSER MOTOR Does FUSER MOTOR function normally Using FUSER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital Output Test Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV 1 for continuity Check the following for continuity J11 12PIN lt gt J41 29PIN J11 13PIN lt gt J41 28PIN J11 14PIN lt gt J41 27PIN J11 15PIN lt gt J41 26PIN J11 16PIN lt gt J41 25PIN Checking HARNESS FSR2 for continuity Is J232 lt gt J138 continuous normally 1 2 3 4 5 7 0 11 1 MOTOR rotates when printing 1 sheet Remove the FUSER ASSY connector and check for broken Using SENSOR EXIT diagnostic tool check by Digital Input Checking FUSER MOTOR 2 Replace a new FUSER MOTOR and check if the FUSER Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 With tool Go to step 3 Without tool Go to step 4 Go to step 9 Go to step 4 Go to step 6 Go to step 5 Replace Go to step 6 HARNESS ASSY FSR3 Replace Go to step 7 HARNESS ASSY FRONT 1A Go to step 9 End of work With tool Go to step 9 Without tool Go to step 10 Replace the parts concerned Check the gears for meshing Replace PWBA MCU HBN Go to step 10 Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 11 Replace PWBA Is P J41 1PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC o to step 11 DRV HBN Replace HARNESS ASSYDRV 1 Replace PWBA End of work MCU HBN
231. ng HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Go to step 7 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Is 12 23 lt gt J42 8 continuous normally Without tool Go to step 8 Checking TONER MOTOR Does TONER MOTOR function normally Check the toner Using TONER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital stirring AUGER or Go to step 8 Output Test gear for damage In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 9 Replace PWBA Is P J51 21PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuity a Is J511 lt gt J51 continuous normally SS SN Go to step 11 End of work Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA 411 25 lt gt J41 16 HBN and if 11 26 lt gt J41 15 still faulty replace J11 27 lt gt J41 14 PWBA MCU HBN J11 28 lt gt J41 13 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 65 23 Magenta Toner Empty Magenta Toner Empty Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 4PIN lt gt P J51 5PIN less than 0 2VDC Peis RS 5210 Replace Checking HARNESS
232. ng the right end of the SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED pull out the SHAFT ASSY FEED from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 21 After removing the SHAFT ASSY FEED be sure to replace the CAM MSI Do not leave the hook of the CAM MSI being raised 12 Remove the CHUTE ASSY OUT RRP6 1 Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 273 RRP6 14 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI PL6 1 42 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI engine rrp0075FA Figure PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI Removal 3 274 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the STRAP RRP8 6 12 Remove the CHUTE ASSY OUT RRP6 1 13 Remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI RRP6 2 14 Remove the SENSOR ASSY MEDIA RRP6 15 15 Remove the SHAFT ASSY ROLL FEED RRP6 13 6 Remove 2 screws securing the PLATE OUT MSI PL6 1 35 to the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 In the following steps shift the actuator of the ACTUATOR MSI PL6 1 37 from a bore in the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI PL6 1 42 17 Remove the PLATE OUT MSI from the CHUTE ASSY OUT together with the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI 18 Remove the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI from the PLATE OUT MSI 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 4 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 5 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 6 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 8 Rem
233. ngine 0021 6 417 1 3 11 Cleaning general In the cleaning general process toner stored in the IDT 1 cleaner and IDT 2 cleaner after the finished toner image is transferred onto the paper and the toner remaining on the BTR are removed toner not completely transferred in the secondary transfer and tertiary transfer processes is held temporarily in the IDT1 Cleaner and IDT2 Cleaner Also the toner of which polarity is reversed and returned to the drum held in the Refresher Further the toner that passes the Refresher may stick to the RTC These toners are cleaned at the completion of the printing The recovery method is different between the toner held in the IDT1 Cleaner and IDT2 Cleaner and the toner held in the Refresher and 1 IDT1 Cleaner and IDT2 Cleaner High voltage equivalent to the voltage at the printing transfer is applied to the IDT1 IDT2 and BTR The toner negative polarity remaining in the IDT1 Cleaner and IDT2 Cleaner are moved to the IDT1 and IDT2 electrically by transforming the IDT1 Cleaner and IDT2 Cleaner to OV Then in the same manner as in the printing transfer the residual toner is collected to the BTR surface by potential difference between IDT1 IDT2 and BTR Positive electric charge IDT2 Cleaner Scraper IDT1 Cleaner 6 418 4 HVPS Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Refresher and RTC High voltage of the polarity negative
234. ning Transfer Unit Life Low FIP 36 BTR ASSY life running out page 79 Fuser Life Warning Fuser Life Low FIP 37 Fuser life running out page 80 CTD Sensor Dustiness ADC Sensor Dustiness Warning FIP 38 CTD sensor signal level below specified value page 81 Paper Near Empty FIP 39 Paper in the paper cassette running out page 82 Paper Empty Put s in s Bin FIP 40 Paper in the paper cassette exhausted page 83 Upper Cassette Detached Adjust Input Bin FIP 41 Paper cassette dislocated page 84 Full Stack Output Bin Full FIP 42 Delivery tray full of paper page 85 Yellow Toner Empty 2 Yellow Toner Empty FIP 43 Yellow toner emptied page 86 Magenta Toner Empty 2 Magenta Toner Empty FIP 44 Magenta toner emptied page 87 Cyan Toner Empty 2 Cyan Toner Empty FIP 45 Cyan toner emptied page 88 Black Toner Empty 2 Black Toner Empty FIP 46 Black toner emptied page 89 PHD Life Over 2 Replace Imaging Unit FIP 47 PHD ASSY life expired page 90 BTR Life Over 2 Replace Transfer Unit FIP 48 BTR ASSY life expired page 91 Fuser Life Over 2 Replace Fuser Unit FIP 49 FUSER ASSY life expired page 92 57h C7h 6 57h C7h 7 58h C8h 0 58h C8h 1 58h C8h 2 58h C8h 3 58h C8h 4 58h C8h 5 58h C8h 6 58h C8h 7 59h C9h 0 59h C9h 1 59h C9h 2 5Ah CAh 0 5Bh CBh 0 5Bh CBh 1 5Bh CBh 2 5Bh CBh 3 5Bh CBh 4 5Bh CBh 5 5Bh CBh 6 uL 1 34 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 3 3 Operating C
235. nit Check Yes No Checking NVM Does the error occur even if the Fuser counter is cleared 9919 step 2 End of work Replace FUSER ASSY Replace PWBA Does the error happen MCU HBN ENANOS 1 92 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 50 ID Error TC Y TC M TC C TC K Call for Service Error Y M C K TC Check the following for failure Installation of Toner Cartridge Appropriate Installation of PWB READER Reinstall the Check connection of PWB CRUM READER Replace Is the PWB CRUM READER Connector properly connected to the Harness Connector HARNESS SSN 3 Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY RFID2 J341 3411 Go to Step 4 Replace Is continuity proper between J341 lt gt J3411 HARNESS 55 4 Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY RFID 434 3411 Go to Step 5 Replace Is continuity proper between P3411 lt gt J34 HARNESS ASSY Check Toner Cartridge Replace HBN 5 End of work Has Error occurred after installing the new Toner Cartridge MCU WITH CPU 1 93 51 CRUM ID Error Fuser Invalid ID Fuser Unit Check the following for failure Installation of Fuser Assy appropriate Installation of PWB EEPROM a Check connection of PWB EEPROM Is the PWB EEPROM Connector properly connected to the Go to Step 3 Harness Connector Reinstall the Go to Step 2 Replace PWB EEPROM Check continuity of HARNESS ASSY FSR32 Go to Step 4 Replace
236. nt Data and 2 7 6 Write Life Adjustment Data use the text files for reading writing the NVM data These text files are created in the same format They are composed of the number of lines that correspond to the NVM data to be read written one line consisting of address 4 digit hex number space and data 2 digit hex number However the extension of each text file is different so that it may turn out whether to be the text file used by which test Refer to the Readme txt file in the folder which installed the Diagnostic Commander for the relation between a text file and an extension 2 7 3 Save NVM Data NVM data stored in PWBA MCU HBN and PHD ASSY PKG of the printer are read and saved in the text file extension Steps 1 Click the Save NVM Data button and the following screen will appear Save in ja temp ej ex Save as type Save NVM Data file nad Cancel Open as read only 2 2 Enter the name in the File Name field where the read NVM data written Warning will be displayed if the file of the same file name already exists 3 Click the Save button 2 131 2 7 4 Write Data data described in already prepared text file are written to the NVM In the text file a pair of address and data is described same as in the file created in 2 7 3 Save NVM Data and the data are written only to the addresses described in the file TXT extens
237. nter Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 353 RRP12 7 BOX ASSY MCU ESS REFERENCE ONLY BOX ASSY MCU ESS engine rrp0120FB Figure BOX ASSY MCU ESS Removal 1 BOX ASSY MCU ESS engine rrp0121FB Figure BOX ASSY MCU ESS Removal 2 3 354 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the CONTROLLER BOARD RRP12 3 2 Remove the CHUTE ASSY RRP9 3 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the HSG ASSY BIAS RRP9 2 11 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 12 Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD RRP1 5 13 Remove the COVER REAR RRP1 6 14 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 15 Remove the PWBA DRV HBN RRP12 6 16 Remove the LVPS RRP12 4 17 Remove the connector P J210 connecting the printer and FEEDER from the right side surface of the printer 18 Remove the connector P J151 on the ROS ASSY PL9 1 1 from the right si
238. o step 12 Is P J165 7PIN lt gt P J165 2PIN 3 3VDC Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Replace Print 1 sheet HARNESS ASSY Go to step 13 Is P J61 2PIN lt gt P J61 7PIN 3 3VDC LVNC3 Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Print 1 sheet iS Go to step 14 Is P J42 29PIN lt gt P J42 14PIN 3 3VDC Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Replace Print 1 sheet HARNESS ASSY 2 Is P J12 2PIN lt gt P J12 17PIN 3 3VDC DRV2 2 1 60 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting v ww Checking FAN FUSER Does FAN FUSER function normally Replace PWBA Using FAN FUSER diagnostic tool check by Digital Output MCU HBN Test Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Print 1 sheet Go to step 19 Go to step 17 Is P J50 7PIN lt gt P J50 9PIN 24VDC Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Print 1 sheet Go to step 18 en Is P J42 30PIN lt gt P J42 14PIN OVDC Checking PWBA MCU for signal Replace Print 1 sheet a HARNESS ASSY Is P J12 1PIN lt gt P J12 17PIN OVDC DRV2 2 Go to step 16 Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY DUP2 for continuity Go to step 20 HARNESS ASSY Is J50 J137 continuous normally DUP2 Checking FAN FUSER Check if an error occurs though the FAN FUSER was Go to step 21 End of work replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Print 1 sheet A Ban Go to step 22 Is P J50 8PIN lt gt P J50 9PIN 3 3VDC Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Print 1 sheet EE AP PWBA Go to step 23 Is P J42
239. of the LEVER LOWER PAPER to the inside of the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R from the left side of the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R 14 Raise the LEVER LOWER PAPER above perpendicularly above the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R and pull it out upward Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 197 RRP3 10 INDICATOR 3 2 8 GUIDE INDICATOR INDICATOR engine rrp0030FA Figure INDICATOR Removal 3 198 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 7 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 9 Hold the tip of the INDICATOR with radio pliers and pull the INDICATOR toward the front and remove from the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R of the FEEDER ASSY UNIT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal Hold the GUIDE INDICATOR PL3 2 10 when replacing the INDICATOR NOTE 3 199 RRP3 11 GUIDE INDICATOR PL3 2 10 LEVER LOW PAPER Figure GUIDE INDICATOR Removal 1 HOLDER SHAFT engine rrp0031FA GUIDE INDICATOR a SHAFT INDICATOR p INDICATOR Al engine rrp0032FA Figure GUIDE INDICATOR Removal 2 3 200 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement
240. om the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 7 Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the SENSOR PHOTO MSI to the CHUTE ASSY OUT 8 Remove the SENSOR PHOTO MSI from the CHUTE ASSY OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 257 RRP6 6 BRACKET ASSY ELIMINATOR PL6 1 9 BRACKET ASSY ELIMINATOR N CHUTE ASSY OUT N engine rrp0063FB Figure ELIMINATOR ASSY Removal 3 258 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 3 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 4 Remove 1 screw securing the BRACKET ASSY ELIMINATOR to the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 5 Raising the left end of the BRACKET ASSY ELIMINATOR upward pull out the BRACKET ASSY ELIMINATOR toward the left to remove from the CHUTE ASSY OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 259 RRP6 7 ROLL DUP PL6 1 12 ROLL DUP CHUTE ASSY OUT BEARING engine rrp0064FA Figure ROLL DUP Removal 3 260 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 3 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Release the hook at 1 position of the GEAR 30 PL6 1 10 secured to the shaft of the ROLL DUP from the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 of the printer 6 Remove the GEAR 30 from the s
241. on securing the ROLL CORE MSI RIGHT PL6 1 26 to the SHAFT MSI PL6 1 28 on the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 from the printer and push down the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI PL6 1 42 slightly to release the nip with the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI PL6 1 27 6 From the printer push down the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI PL6 1 42 on the CHUTE ASSY OUT and release the nip with the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI PL6 1 27 7 Slide the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI rightward from the SHAFT MSI and pull out the ROLL ASSY FEED MSI toward the front Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 267 RRP6 11 ACTUATOR MSI 6 1 37 SENSOR PHOTO MSI SPRING SENSOR MSI ACTUATOR MSI engine rrp0070FA Figure ACTUATOR MSI Removal 3 268 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Aa Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 Pushing down the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI on the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 from the printer push the actuator of the ACTUATOR MSI inward Slide the ACTUATOR MSI leftward from the CHUTE ASSY OUI and extract the shaft on the right side of the ACTUATOR MSI Move the right shaft of the ACTUATOR MSI toward the front from the CHUTE ASSY OUT and extract the ACTUATOR MSI together with the SPRING SENSOR MSI PL6 1 36 Remove the SPRING SENSOR MSI from the ACTUATOR MSI Replace
242. oner bottle switch and CRUM Toner bottle switch Detects whether PKG TCRU toner bottle of each color is installed or not CRUM Printer specific information is stored SENSOR NO TONER Y SENSOR NO TONER M SENSOR NO TONER C SENSOR NO TONER K Detects residual toner of each color HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y Toner Motor Y HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M Toner Motor M HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C Toner Motor C HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K Toner Motor K The toner motor incorporated in the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN of each color supplies the drive to the Agitator in the PKG TCRU of each color and to Auger in the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN and supplies toner to the developer incorporated in the PHD ASSY PKG PKG TCRU Y PKG TCRU PKG TCRU C PKG TCRU K Toner bottle containing toner of each color PWBA EEPROM Printer specific information is stored S HVPS Supplies high voltage to perform the tertiary transfer and static elimination of the print process to the following components in the BTR PKG 72 Detack Saw the PKG 72 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 9 2 Reference diagram PWBA CRUM READER PKG TCRU Y PKG TCRU M PKG TCRU C PKG TCRU K PWBA EEPROM HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN K Toner Motor K HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN C Toner Motor C HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M Toner Motor M SENSOR NO TONER Y SENSOR NO TONER M SENSOR NO TONER C SENSO
243. onnected with a connector 5 Separate the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD a little from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 6 Remove the connector P J220 on the CONSOLE PANEL HIBANA PL1 1 1 7 Remove the connector P J137 on the HOLDER LEVER OUT PL1 1 4 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD from the CHUTE ASSY OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 149 RRP1 3 FAN FUSER PL1 1 7 LEVER OUT engine rrp0003FB Figure FAN FUSER Removal 1 HOLDER LEVER OUT FAN FUSER engine rrp0004FB Figure FAN FUSER Removal 2 3 150 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove 2 screws securing the HOLDER LEVER OUT PL1 1 4 from the rear of the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD 3 Remove the HOLDER LEVER OUT PL1 1 4 from the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD together with the FAN FUSER LEVER OUT PL1 1 5 4 Remove the LEVER OUT from the HOLDER LEVER OUT 5 Remove the connector P J137 of the FAN FUSER 6 Release the hooks securing the FAN FUSER at 4 positions to the HOLDER LEVER OUT 7 Remove the FAN FUSER from the HOLDER LEVER OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal When mounting the FAN FUSER on the HOLDER LEVER OUT consideration must be given to where to pull out the harness 3 151 RRP1 4 COVER TOP MAIN PL1 1 9 COVER TOP MAIN engine rrp0005FB Figure COVER TOP MAIN Removal 3 152 Chapter
244. ool or other tools of high voltage never touch parts of high voltage X When using Diag Tool or other tools of high voltage be sure to follow the procedure of this manual y 5 When operating the driving units using the Diag or other tools be sure to keep them covered unless otherwise specified When operating the driving units using the Diag or other tools never touch the driving YS units When operating the driving units using Diag or other tools be sure to observe the procedures in this manual When touching hot parts be careful not to get burnt N Workers should wear a wrist band or the like to remove static electricity from their body grounding their body while working 1 27 1 4 Cautions for Use 1 It is assumed in the FIP that the printer controller CONTROLLER PWB is normally functioning If any trouble cannot be corrected by troubleshooting replace the printer controller with a normal one and check for proper operation again If the trouble is not still corrected replace the major parts and then related parts in succession and confirm according to the procedure of the Initial check and Major check parts When troubleshooting according to the FIP normal HBN NCU PWB PHD ASSY or other parts may be necessary for isolation of failed parts Prepare them in advance In the initial check according to the FIP check only items which can be simply checked In the initial check
245. open the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 2 Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the HOUSING ASSY ELEC PL9 1 11 to the printer and remove the HOUSING ASSY ELEC upward 3 Remove the connector P J18 of the CHUTE ASSY REGI from the printer Remove the connector P J32 of the OHP SENSOR if installed NOTE 4 Remove 4 screws securing the CHUTE ASSY to the printer 5 Raise the left end of the CHUTE ASSY REGI and pull out the CHUTE ASSY REGI leftward from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 299 RRP9 4 SENSOR PL9 1 8 SENSOR PHOTO REGI CHUTE ASSY engine 0094 Figure SENSOR PHOTO REGI Removal 3 300 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the CHUTE ASSY RRP9 3 2 Remove the ACTUATOR RRP9 5 3 Remove the connector P J181 on the SENSOR PHOTO REGI from the CHUTE ASSY REGI PL9 1 6 4 Release the hooks at 3 positions securing the SENSOR PHOTO REGI to the SHUTE ASSY REGI 5 Remove the SENSOR PHOTO REGI from the CHUTE ASSY REGI Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 301 RRP9 5 ACTUATOR REGI PL9 1 9 ACTUATOR REGI SPRING SENSOR REGI 1 CHUTE ASSY REGI TOP engine rrp0093FA Figure ACTUATOR REGI Removal 3 302 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedure
246. or The BTR Life Warning and BTR Life Error are reset if the SENSOR TONER FULL does not detect the full toner recovery space when the power is turned or the front cover is opened and closed 6 456 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 7 7 Toner Control Whether the toner bottle is installed is detected by the toner bottle switch in PWBA CRUM READER and the presence of toner in the toner bottle is detected by the SENSOR NO TONER These switches and sensors are provided for respective colors and detection is made for each color 7 7 1 SENSOR NO TONER The SENSOR NO TONER 15 provided for each color The SENSOR TONER is attached to the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN and it detects the presence of toner dispensed by the Toner Motor from the toner bottle into the HOLDER ASSY TONER Also the SENSOR NO TONER could make a wrong detection if the toner sticks to the sensor surface To prevent this the film attached in the vicinity of the Auger in the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN cleans the sensor surface when the toner is dispensed This film rotates together with the Auger at the toner dispensation to scrape the toner off the SENSOR NO TONER surface However the sensor may detect the toner even if the toner is not present or may not detect the toner even if the toner is present depending on the film position when the Toner Motor stopped This is avoided by the printer internal control 7 7 2 Toner presence control The control is outlined below
247. or 55h C5h status 1 4 Shutdown Fan Motor Failure Call for Service Fan Motor Power ON OFF Error 55h C5h status 1 6 Shutdown Firmware Error Call for Service Firmware Error Power ON OFF 1 36 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Error status code Diag Error Message Display Error Mes Method of clear sage 55h C5h status 1 7 Shutdown Environment Sensor Error Call for Service Power ON OFF ENV Sensor Error 55h C5h status 2 0 Shutdown CRUM Error TC Y Call for Service CRUM Error Power ON OFF Y TC 55h C5h status 2 1 Shutdown CRUM Error TC M Call for Service Power ON OFF Error M TC 55h C5h status 2 2 Shutdown CRUM Error TC C Call for Service Error Power ON OFF TC 55h C5h status 2 3 Shutdown CRUM Error TC K Call for Service CRUM Error Power ON OFF KTC 56h C6h 0 Shutdown Yellow Toner Empty Yellow Toner Empty Toner cartridge replacement 56h C6h 1 Shutdown Magenta Toner Empty Magenta Toner Empty Toner cartridge replacement 56h C6h 2 Shutdown Cyan Toner Empty Cyan n Empty pty Cy Toner cartridge replacement 56h C6h 3 Shutdown Black Toner Empty Black Toner Empty Toner cartridge replacement 56h C6h 4 Shutdown PHD Life Over Replace Imaging Unit PHD ASSY replacement 56h C6h 5 Shutdown BTR Life Over Replace Transfer Unit BTR ASSY replacement 56h C6h 6 Shutdown Fuser Life Over Replace Fuser Unit Clearing the counter after replacing the FUSER
248. or Magenta Toner Bottle Sensor Yellow Toner Bottle Sensor Cassettel Low Paper Sensor Cassette2 Low Paper Sensor Cassette3 Low Paper Sensor Cassettel No Paper Sensor Cassette2 No Paper Sensor Cassette3 No Paper Sensor MSI No Paper Sensor Option Feeder Not Installed BTR Toner Full Sensor PHD Not Installed FAN 1 Alarm Sensor FAN 2 Alarm Sensor pa f 246 f 1 Fuser Temp BTR Fuser Temp Fuser Temp Fuser Temp NC Heat roll voltage STS Heat roll NC DifferenceAmplification NC Sensor f 34 f o o Environment Environment ADC CTD Media Media Humidity Temp Sensor1 Sensor2 The screen will vary according to the conditions of the sensors and switches The ON or OFF condition of digital sensors and switches can be checked from the color of indicators on the side of each name ON Green OFF Red For analog devices A D converted values are displayed For the relation between A D converted values and data refer to the Input test Readme txt file in the folder where the Diagnostic Commander has been installed 2 5 2 Type of input test Two types digital input test and analog input test are provided The digital input tests that can be checked are as listed below Name Parts Name Function ON Condition Inter Lock Sensor PWBA DRV HBN is installed OHP Sensor KIT SENSOR OHP Paper present Fuser Ready urderpining ROS Ready Under printing 2 125 ame ParisName Funetion ON Cond
249. ormed on the IDT 1 surface is transferred onto the surface of the IDT 2 Intermediate Drum Transfer 1 intermediate transfer roll 2 Two color toner image transferred onto the 2 IDT 1 15 transferred to the IDT 2 Thus 4 color toner image are compiled on the IDT 2 as finished toner image lt IDT 2 conductive roll and receives supply of positive high voltage from HVPS Both the IDT 1 and IDT 2 are positively charged Voltage is higher on the IDT 2 and toner image is attracted to the IDT 2 surface and transferred onto the IDT 2 1 3 6 Cleaning IDT 1 In the cleaning process IDT 1 toner remaining on the IDT 1 after the toner image 15 transferred to the IDT 2 is temporarily stored in the IDT 1 cleaner lt The IDT 1 cleaner receives positive high voltage from the HVPS with a conductive roll brush The IDT 1 cleaner placed in contact with the IDT 1 at the position through which it passes after the toner image having been transferred from the drum is transferred to the IDT 2 Toner remaining on the 1 is electrically scraped and stored The toner stored is collected upon completion of printing or at the time of cleaning cycle Refer to 1 3 11 Cleaning general O Positive electric charc O Toner IDT1 Cleaner IDT1 Cleaner engine principle0018FA 6 414 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation IDT1 surface
250. ostic Commander 2 1 General 2 1 1 Configuration The printer uses diagnostic tools maintenance tools to set execute diagnostic functions The system configuration as shown in the figure is made to run the Diagnostic Commander application software on the personal computer to transmit the commands from DIAG PWB to the PWBA MCU HBN main PWB in the printer for the diagnosis Reference The DIAG PWB RS 232C cable personal computer and diagnostic commands to execute the diagnosis are altogether called diagnostic tools maintenance tools Reference The DIAG PWB RS 232C cable personal computer and diagnostic commands to exe cute the diagnosis are altogether called diagnostic tools maintenance tools Reference The diagnostic tools supplied are as follows DIAG PWB board Diagnostic Commander Installation Disk PRINTER PWBA MCU HBN DIAG PWB RS 232C cable engine diag0003FB 2 1 2 General description of Diagnostic Commander The Diagnostic Commander sends and receives the data commands and statuses transferred between printer controller CONTROLLER BOARD PWBA MCU instead of the printer controller to control the printer It sends diagnostic commands when executing the diagnosis 2 1 3 General description of DIAG
251. ouch live parts if not reguired absolutely Power is supplied to the power switch inlet LVPS ASSY even while the printer is off Never touch its live components Do not touch live parts unless otherwise specified engine intro0002FB 4 2 4 3 Introduction Driving units When servicing gears or other driving units be sure to turn them OFF and plug off Drive them manually when required Never touch the gears or other driving units while the printer running Rh 4 High temperature units When servicing high temperature units securing unit etc be sure to turn them OFF to prevent burns injuries and other troubles remove the power plug and start service processes after they have cooled down enough Immediately after completion of operation they are still hot Start services after more MINS than 40 minutes vii 4 4 Laser beams viii WARNING NOTE If your eyes are exposed to laser beams you may lose your eyesight Never open the cover if warning label for laser beams is attached there Before disassembling and reassembling this laser printer be sure to turn it OFF When servicing this laser printer while it is running be sure to follow the procedures specified in this manual should understand the features of the laser beams which are capable of having an injurious action on the human body not to extend the danger over the workers as well as other people a
252. oval Replacement Procedures Removal ESS Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove 1 screw securing the earth of the HARNESS ASSY AC SW to the LVPS PL 12 1 10 from the printer From the printer release the hooks at 2 positions securing the GUIDE HARNESS SW to the switch bracket on the LVPS and shift the GUIDE HARNESS SW upward Shift the switch of the HARNESS ASSY AC SW from the switch bracket of the LVPS Remove the connector P J161 on the LVPS Releasing the hooks at 2 positions securing the socket of the HARNESS ASSY AC SW to the rear of the LVPS and pull out the socket rearward Remove the HARNESS ASSY AC SW from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 351 L n de a WE E A RRP12 6 PWBA PL12 1 12 7 YY E 1 PWBA DRV HBN engine rrp0118FC Figure PWBA DRV HBN Removal 3 352 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 3 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 4 Remove the all connectors on the PWBA HBN from the right side surface of the printer 5 Remove 4 screws securing the PWBA DRV HBN to the printer 6 Remove the PWBA DRV HBN from the pri
253. ove the CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 0 1 hl Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 275 RRP7 CHUTE ASSY EXIT RRP7 1 CHUTE ASSY EXIT PL7 1 1 ACTUATOR FULL LEFT engine rrp0076FB Figure CHUTE ASSY EXIT Removal 3 276 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 3 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 5 Remove the connector P J131 of the MOTOR ASSY DUP PL7 1 8 on the CHUTE ASSY OUT PL6 1 1 6 Shift the harness of the MOTOR ASSY DUP PL7 1 8 to the CHUTE ASSY EXIT side from the CHUTE ASSY OUT 7 Remove 2 screws securing the CHUTE ASSY EXIT to the CHUTE ASSY OUT 8 Pull out the CHUTE ASSY EXIT from the left side surface of the CHUTE ASSY OUT Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal When replacing the CHUTE ASSY EXIT be careful to avoid the ACTUATOR FULL PL6 1 5 on the CHUTE ASSY OUT to be inserted into the ROLL EXIT PL7 1 4 3 277 RRP7 2 ROLL EXIT PL7 1 4 ROLL EXIT CHUTE ASSY EXIT GEAR ROLL LEFT engine rrp0077FA Figure ROLL EXIT Removal 3 278 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal W N x x nn N Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD 1 2 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11
254. owering the tip of the COVER MSI down the printer pull out the COVER MSI forward and remove Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 167 RRP1 12 TRAY ASSY BASE PL1 1 28 TRAY ASSY BASE PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI engine rrp0014FB Figure TRAY ASSY BASE Removal 3 168 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Open the COVER MSI PL1 1 26 from the printer Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 Check that the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM MSI is shifted down Open the TRAY ASSY BASE raise it pushing inward and pull it out toward the front WN Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 169 RRP1 13 COVER ASSY FRONT PL1 1 29 COVER ASSY FRONT engine rrp0015FB Figure COVER ASSY FRONT Removal 1 COVER ASSY FRONT enaine rro0016FB Figure COVER ASSY FRONT Removal 2 3 170 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 2 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 3 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 4 Release the latch at B from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY OUT 5 Shiftthe boss at the tip of the LINK L PL1 1 23 from the leaf spring at the back of the COVER ASSY FRONT 6 Remove 2 screws
255. pter 6 NOTE Electric wiring It should be noted that configuration of parts may be different or some parts are not NOTE used depending on specifications of OEM 5 371 PL 1 1 Cover Illustration W 99 with 26 and 27 engine partslist0001 FE WV 2 with 3 7 5 372 Chapter 5 Parts List PL 1 1 Cover List Parts name CONSOLE PANEL 865802K52400 COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD with 3 7 865802K52170 COVER FRONT HEAD nananana Refer to Item 2 HOLDER LEVER OUT aT 865019 55310 LEVEROUT 865011 10690 CON AMP 175694 5 0 Refer to Item 2 FAN FUSER onde ter titt testet 865127E82890 COVER iue 865802E31150 865802 53900 COVER ASSY PHD with 11 19 865802K52180 t o ies lea ted eth ee e dee ul ned Refer to Item 10 COVER tit ette Ale Refer to Item 10 SPRING CAM UR 865809 28211 LATCGH TOPIR 2a ea Hier 865003E53230 HANDLE TOP arena ann 865003E56850 SHAFT LATCH 2 nn Refer to Item 10 SPRINGHANDDLE 3 865809E28240 LATCH TOP L ana seine
256. pward from the PLATE BOTTOM Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 187 RRP3 5 HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R REFERENCE ONLY HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R engine rrp0035FA Figure HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R Removal 1 N HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R engine rrp0036FA Figure HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R Removal 2 3 188 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 3 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 4 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 5 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 6 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 7 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 8 Remove the FEEDER ASSY RRP3 1 9 Remove 4 screws securing the SUPPORT FEEDER LEFT to the PLATE BOTTOM 0 Pull down the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R inward and extract the hooks at 3 positions out of the hole atthe PLATE BOTTOM 11 Remove the HOUSING ASSY FEEDER R upward from the PLATE BOTTOM Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 189 RRP3 6 SENSOR HUM TEMP PL3 2 2 HARNESS ASSY TMPA SENSOR HUM TEMP engine rrp0025FB Figure SENSOR HUM TEMP Removal 3 190 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal 1 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the
257. r Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 337 RRP11 5 MAIN DRIVE ASSY PL11 1 14 MAIN DRIVE ASSY engine rrp0111FC Figure MAIN DRIVE ASSY Removal 3 338 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal oR O N x 9 Remove the COVER MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the LINK R RRP1 8 Remove the connector P J48 on the PWBA DRV HBN PL12 1 12 from the right side surface of the printer Remove the connector P J52 on the PWBA DRV HBN Disconnect the connector P J50 on the PWBA DRV HBN Remove the screw securing the WIRE ASSY FSR EARTH PL5 1 20 to the MAIN DRIVE ASSY at the right side of the Main Frame Remove 4 screws securing the MAIN DRIVE ASSY to the printer 10 Remove the MAIN DRIVE ASSY from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 339 RRP11 6 PWBA ASSY EARTH PL11 1 16 PWBA ASSY EARTH engine rrp0124FA Figure ASSY EARTH Removal 3 340 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 2 Remove the BTR UNIT ASSY RRP8 4 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7
258. r 3 Extract the actuator of the LINK ACTUATOR from the hole on the printer and remove the LINK ACTU ATOR Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 213 RRP3 18 SOLENOID FEED 3 3 17 REAR SOLENOID FEED engine rrp0042FA Figure SOLENOID FEED Removal 3 214 Removal 1 N DOO O N Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 Remove the CHUTE ASSY TURN RRP3 1 Remove the LINK ACTUATOR RRP 3 17 Remove the COVER CST SLIDE RRP3 2 Remove the FEEDER ASSY UNIT RRP3 3 Remove the PICKUP ASSY RRP3 12 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures 10 Remove 1 screw securing the SOLENOID FEED from the PICKUP ASSY PL3 3 1 11 Separate the SOLENOID FEED a little from the PICKUP ASSY and shift the harness of the SOLE 0 1 NOID FEED 12 Remove the connector P J474 of the SOLENOID FEED from the PICKUP ASSY Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 215 3 216 RRP3 19 CLUTCH ASSY TURN PL3 3 18 CLUTCHASSYTURN lt lt 22 y 24 O W 7 222 REAR STOPPER CLUTCH engine rrp0043FA RIGHT Figure CLUTCH ASSY TURN Removal Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Pull out the CASSETTE from the printer 2 Remove th
259. r isolation of failure you may replace them Items of Consumables Print head PHD cartridge Composed of photosensitive medium development machine intermediate transfer roll etc Transfer roll BTR cartridge Composed of BTR waste toner collection box etc Black toner cartridge Cartridge to supply black toner to the development unit Yellow toner cartridge Cartridge to supply yellow toner to the development unit Magenta toner cartridge Cartridge to supply magenta toner to the development unit Cyan toner cartridge Cartridge to supply cyan toner to the development unit 5 2 Consumable Life Print head PHD cartridge equivalent to about 30 000 prints Transfer roll BTR cartridge equivalent to about 25 000 prints Black toner cartridge equivalent to about 9 000 prints Yellow toner cartridge equivalent to about 6 000 prints Magenta toner cartridge equivalent to about 6 000 prints Cyan toner cartridge equivalent to about 6 000 prints 5 3 Parts Requiring Periodical Replacement Following parts are replaced when a certain number of sheets are printed life over to prevent troubles FUSE ASSY PL8 1 1 Equivalent to about 100 000 prints ROLL ASSY RETARD PL2 1 2 Equivalent to about 100 000 prints ROLL ASSY FEED MSI PL6 1 27 Equivalent to about 450 000 prints 1 ROLL ASSY RETARD MSI PL4 1 5 Equivalent to about 450 000 prints 1 CHUTE REGI ASSY PL9 1 7 Equivalent to about 300 00
260. r signal Is P J51 13PIN lt gt P J51 17PIN OVDC Checking SW TCRU ASSY for signal Is P J342 5PIN lt gt P J342 1PIN OVDC cede sterile Checking SW TCRU ASSY for continuity Replace PWBA Is P342 5PIN lt gt P342 1PIN of SW TCRU ASSY Go to step 6 CRUM READER continuous normally Bet Replace HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuity Go to step 7 HARNESS ASSY Is J51 lt gt J342 continuous normally TNRA Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 8 Replace PWB Is P J42 3PIN lt gt P J42 14PIN OVDC HBN DRV Checking PWBA MCU HBN for signal Is P J12 28PIN lt gt P J12 17PIN of PWBA MCU HBN Replace P WBA 0VDC MCU HBN Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Replace PWBA Is J12 lt gt J42 continuous normally MCU HBN 1 43 FIP 5 PHD Detached Imaging Unit Missing Y Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts PHD ASSY replacing condition concerned PWBA CRUM in PHD ASSY replacing condition Checking PWBA CRUM Replace 2 15 PWBA CRUM connector connected to the Go to step 3 HARNESS ASSY harness connector normally CRUM Go to step 2 3 TE Replace O HARES CRUM for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY Is J170 lt gt J71 continuous normally CRUM IRRE Replace Cherin HARNESS ASSY EEPROM reU o HARNESS ASSY y EEPROM Checking PHD ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace
261. ram for Printing Processes Outline of printing processes is shown in the figures below Laser beam TCRU Assy Y N 3 Development p Paper transfer TCRU Assy M 3 Development ROS ASSY TCRU Assy C 2 Exposure 8 Development PHD 55 PKG FUSER ASSY TCRU Assy K 10 Fixing 8 Development amp Detack Saw C C C SS 9 Static elimination 8 bd BTR Assy S gt N BTR 7 Tertiary transfe S 41 Cleaning E engine principle0002FA PHD ASSY is integrated major units of printing processes It is composed as follows Refresher Drum Y 1 Changing with electricity Refresher IDT1 4 Primary transfer 5 Secondary transfer IDT1 Cleaner 6 Cleaning RTC 1 Changing with electricity Developer Y 8 Development Drum M Developer M IDT2 Cleaner 3 Development 8 Cleaning RTC 1 Changing with electricity IDT2 5 Secondary transfer 3 oh 7 Tertiary transfer Drum C 4 Primary transfer 6 Secondary transfer IDT1 Cleaner 6 Cleaning RTC 1 Changing with electricity Developer K 3 Development Drum K Refresher Refresher engine 0003 6 406 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1 3 Description of Printing Process Techniques 1 3 1 Charging with e
262. rget temperature set then the Heat Roll surface temperature is controlled so as to be the target temperature by turning on off the Heater Lamp Temperature of individual area of the Heat Roll is detected by the Fuser Non Contact Sensor NCS in the middle of the Heat Roll and the Temp Sensor at the edge of it The Temp Sensor checks for open wire by detecting the temperature every 60 and resistance every 20ms alternately When the temperature detected every 80ms shows the figure higher than the target the Heater Lamp will be turned OFF When the result shows a lower figure the Heater Lamp will be turned ON The target temperature set up varies depending on the time of Warm up Printing or Process Control The target temperature will be changed based on the interior temperature detected by the Sensor Hum Temp the difference of temperature between the center and edge areas of the Heat Roll Printing Mode or the Input Power Voltage 7 8 2 Cool down As the printing continues the distribution of temperature in the Heat Roll becomes uneven both in the paper feed and non paper feed areas Cooling Down is to provide a certain period of time without feeding paper so that the Heat Roll temperature can be distributed evenly Cooling down is performed for certain period of time after printing was completed 7 8 3 Sensor Warm up The Fuser NCS Non Contact Sensor at the center of the Heat Roll does not detect temperature when the temperature of th
263. roll cartridge Width Depth Height Mass 309mm 3mm 85mm 3mm 60mm 3mm 500g 100 3 3 3 Black toner cartridge Width Depth Height Mass 355mm 3mm 51mm 3mm 55mm 3mm 360g 109 3 3 4 Yellow toner cartridge Width Depth Height Mass 355mm 3mm 51mm 3mm 55mm 3mm 3159 109 3 3 5 Magenta toner cartridge Width Depth Height Mass 355mm 3mm 51mm 3mm 55mm 3mm 3259 109 3 3 6 Cyan toner cartridge Width Depth Height Mass 8 498 355mm 3mm 51mm 3mm 55mm 3mm 3159 109 engine spec0006FB Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 3 4 Installation Space min installation space Minimum space as shown below is required to install the printer when it is used for normal objects Space occupied by the operator is not included Top view engine spec0007FB Front view engine 0008 Side view 600mm engine 0009 8 499 4 Functions 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 Recording System OPC drum 4 tandem cartridges electro photographic system using intermediate transfer rolls Exposure System Semiconductor laser simultaneous scanning by 4 beams Development System Development with dry type 2 component developer Fixing System Heat fusing of the fr
264. round the printer Laser beams have features as follows Frequencies are smaller in width than other beams sun and electric bulbs and phases are uniform so that high monochromatic and convergence performance can be obtained and thin beams of light can reach places at a long distance Due to the high convergence beams concentrated in high density and high temperature which is dangerous to human body Reference Laser beams of this laser printer is invisible rays which you cannot see PHD ASSY ROS ASSY engine intro0003FB Introduction 4 5 Warning caution labels Warning labels and caution labels are attached to this laser printer to prevent accidents Check those labels for their peeling or stain when servicing the printer 4 5 1 Caution label for high temperature units A nm arant EN ase IX MV LET ITI P E engine intro0004FB Cautions for operation Contents of this document may be subjected to modification without previous notice Xerox International Partners will assume not any responsibilities for accidental or incidental damages resulting from technical or editorial errors or omission in this manual issue of this manual execution of description in this manual or use of this manual This document is protected by copyright It is not forgiven to photocopy or duplicate any part of this document in any form without previous per
265. rts 81 Power supply section Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and LVPS Connection between LVPS and PWBA DRV HBN Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and PWBA MCU HBN Connection between LVPS and FAN REAR Connection between LVPS and HARNESS ASSY AC SW 82 Cassette section Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and SWITCH ASSY SIZE Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and SENSOR PHOTO No Paper Sensor Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and SENSOR PHOTO Low Paper Sensor Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and SOLENOID FEED Tray 1 Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and CLUTCH ASSY TURN Tray 1 Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and PWBA DRV HBN 83 Drive section Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and MAIN DRIVE ASSY Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and DAIV DRIVE ASSY Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and FUSER DRIVE ASSY Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and MOTOR ASSY DUP Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and FAN FUSER Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and PWBA DRV HBN 84 Developer section 1 Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and PWBA CRUM READER Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and SENSOR NO TONER Y Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and SENSOR NO TONER M Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and SENSOR NO TONER C Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and SENSOR NO TONER K Connection between PWBA MCU HBN and PWBA DRV HBN 85 Developer section 2 Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Y Connection between PWBA DRV HBN and HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN M Connection between PWBA
266. rts name in procedures represent that the parts are those of the plate PL X Y item Z in Chapter 5 Parts List Their forms replacing position or other conditions can be seen in Chapter 4 Parts List In the procedures directions are represented as follows Front Front when you are facing the front of this laser printer V Rear Inner direction when you are facing the front of this laser printer V Left Left hand when you are facing the front of this laser printer Right Right hand when you are facing the front of this laser printer RIGHT FRONT engine rrp0127FB Figure Definition of Printer Orientation 4 3 144 u In case of specifications in the procedures indicate that service operation should be provided only to laser printer of specified specifications service operation should not be provided for laser printer of specifications not covered X Y in the midst or at the end of sentences in the procedures indicate that work procedures related with the RRP X Y are described The screws in the illustrations should be removed using a plus screwdriver unless otherwise specified A black arrows in the illustrations indicate movement in the arrow mark direction Numbered black arrows indicate movement in the order of the numbers For the positions of the connectors P J refer to Chapter 6 Electric wiring Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Blank Page 3 145 RRP1 COV
267. s 3 Related documents V Instruction manuals standard manuals Describe operation and handling of this laser printer Performance specifications Describe in detail various specifications of this laser printer In the event of discrepancy between this manual and the performance specifications the performance specifications shall take preference V Video interface specifications Detailed video interface specifications for this laser printer Y Spare parts list Information on maintenance parts spare parts for this laser printer 4 Safety 4 1 vi To prevent possible accidents during maintenance operation you should observe strictly the Warning and Caution information in this manual Dangerous operations and operations out of range of this manual should be absolutely avoided Generally various processes not covered by this manual may be required in actual operation which should be performed carefully always giving attention to safety Power source Keep the power supply off during maintenance operation to prevent electric shock burns and other damages Keep the power plug disconnected during the maintenance operation If the power supply should be kept connected for measurement of voltage or other similar reasons sufficient care should be given to prevent electric shock by following the procedures of this manual KWARNING gt 4 ammus SIS While the printer is ON never t
268. s Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the CHUTE ASSY RRP9 3 3 Remove the COVER TOP MAIN RRP1 4 4 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT HEAD RRP1 2 5 Remove the COVER MSI RRP1 11 6 Remove the TRAY ASSY BASE RRP1 12 7 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT RRP1 13 8 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 9 Remove the COVER SIDE L RRP1 14 10 Remove the HSG ASSY BIAS 9 2 11 Remove the COVER SIDE R RRP1 9 12 Remove the COVER ASSY TOP PHD RRP1 5 13 Remove the COVER REAR RRP1 6 14 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT RRP10 1 15 Remove the PWBA DRV HBN RRP12 6 6 Remove the CLAMP GUIDE HARNESS PL12 1 3 at 2 positions secured on the GUIDE HARNESS SW of the LVPS 17 Shift the harness from the GUIDE HARNESS SW 18 Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the GUIDE HARNESS SW to the switch bracket on the LVPS 19 Remove the GUIDE HARNESS ASSY from the LVPS 20 Remove the HARNESS ASSY AC SW RRP12 5 21 Remove the connector P J162 P J163 P J164 P J165 and P J167 on the LVPS 22 Remove 3 screws securing the LVPS to the printer 23 Remove the LVPS from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 349 RRP12 5 HARNESS ASSY SW PL12 1 11 GUIDE HARNESS SW CCCCCCCO a a HARNESS ASSY SW engine rrp0117FA Figure HARNESS ASSY AC SW Removal 3 350 Chapter 3 Rem
269. s Removal 1 Remove the CHUTE ASSY RRP9 3 2 Holding the shielding portion of the ACTUATOR REGI from the CHUTE ASSY PL9 1 6 move the ACTUATOR REGI leftward and extract the right shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI from the bearing of the CHUTE ASSY 3 Pull out the ACTUATOR REGI from the CHUTE ASSY REGI together with the SPRING SENSOR PL9 1 10 4 Remove the SPRING SENSOR from the ACTUATOR Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 303 RRP9 6 SENSOR PHOTO SENSOR PL9 1 8 DN SPRING REGI L a SPRING REGI L GEAR REGI METAL CHUTE ASSY REGI GEAR REGI RUBBER engine rrp0133FB Figure OHP SENSOR ASSY Removal 1 CHUTE ASSY REGI BEARING METAL L BRACKET engine rrp0134FB Figure OHP SENSOR ASSY Removal 2 3 304 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures ROLL REGI METAL IR CHUTE ASSY REGI engine rrp0135FB Figure OHP SENSOR ASSY Removal 3 SENSOR ASSY OHP engine rrp0136FA Figure OHP SENSOR ASSY Removal 4 3 305 Removal 1 2 3 4 Remove the CHUTE ASSY REGI RRP9 3 Remove E ring that secures the GEAR METAL from the CHUTE ASSY PL9 1 6 and pull out the GEAR METAL of the left shaft of the ROLL METAL Remove an E ring that secures the GEAR RUBBER from the CHUTE ASSY and pull out the GEAR RUBBER df the le
270. s improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY BTR ASSY ROS ASSY PWBA MCU HBN S HVPS Hem Rm Faulty PHD ASSY Is the image guality improved if PHD ASSY is replaced le HO Faulty ROS ASSY Is the image quality improved if ROS ASSY is replaced Bea Faulty FUSER ASSY Check the HEAT ROLL and NIP BELT for evidence of Replace the FUSER ASSY damage dirt or foreign substances Faulty BTR ASSY Is the image quality improved if BTR ASSY is replaced Replace We BTR ASSY Checking the cyclicity Check if a trouble occurs cyclically See sheet 1 66 Replace ine parts 1 103 6 Black color spots Condition initial check Black color spots on print A Toner spots are scatted disorderly on the entire paper Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY BTR ASSY ROS ASSY PWBA MCU HBN S HVPS Hem IS Faulty PHD ASSY Is the image quality improved if PHD ASSY is replaced Replace NSS 2 Faulty FUSER ASSY Check the HEAT ROLL and NIP BELT for evidence of Replace the FUSER ASSY damage dirt or foreign substances Faulty BTR ASSY Is the image quality improved if BTR ASSY is replaced Replace the BTR ASSY 1 104
271. s fixed by heat and pressure 11 Cleaning Remaining toner on the drum and intermediate transfer units are collected 1 Intermediate 6 transfer unit IDT1 EN n 171 va Charged Charged Charged Charged 1 with EE 1 wih Iq 1 with 1 with electricity electricity electricity electricity v v v 1 v 2 Exposure 2 Exposure 2 2 y y y y N Fg ee dem e 11 joe 11 E 3 4 Primary transfer S 4 Primary transfer Drum gt IDT1 Ea PE Drum gt IDT1 s Cleaning Intermediate 6 Cleaning IDT1 transfer unit IDT1 4 5 Secondary transfer IDT1 gt IDT2 Intermediate iranster unit 8 Cleaning IDT2 l 1072 f i 1 7 Tertiary transfer 11 Cleaning ps IDT2 gt Paper i general i y i Paper 9 Static elimination BTR Y W Pal 10 Fixing p Sasse d engine principle0001FA 6 405 1 2 Schematic Diag
272. s opened and closed The light quantity of LED is increased gradually and the set value is fixed when the output of SENSOR ADC ASSY exceeds the specified value At this time if the output of SENSOR ADC ASSY does not reach the specified value even though the light quantity is increased to the upper limit the controller judges the sensor as dirty Also the controller judges the sensor as faulty in the event of extremely high output 2 Light quantity adjustment At the execution of ADC the light quantity adjustment is made immediately before the patches for toner density control are generated The light is emitted from the LED with current setting of light quantity to check if the output value of the SENSOR ADC ASSY is within the specified range If the output value is low the light guantity is increased by the specified amount at the next ADC or if high the light quantity is reduced at the next ADC At this time if the output value is less than the first lower limit the controller judges the sensor as dirty and outputs the warning Further if less than the second lower limit the controller judges the sensor as faulty and stops the printing 6 454 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 7 5 Color Registration Control The printer uses a tandem system where the drums and developers exclusively for yellow magenta cyan and black are arranged respectively The images are formed on the drums of respective colors and they are overlapped to form one
273. s tor FIP USE cece 28 2 Level Til Ip a AS da aset RR A SA 30 ARES ee ch klei che 30 2 2 o moshau NNI 30 o Eevel o baked allan hist ote tr Be ood soa teda 31 A 31 3 2 Error Status Code Lidia li tii a da tants 31 3 3 Operating Clearing the Error Status 35 SA Etror Code E IBS aco tete da eai idt 40 3 5ilmage brou bleshootirig ret orte ie td o iin e Um ve ii eed 96 3 6 Roller Circ mferences us n Leere ee a ads 97 nnnm 111 4 Preventive 113 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 115 1 Diagnosis for Standalone Printer nee e e hu ede a 117 15 1 1 GONE Tall 117 1 2 Printing Method ee nendum 117 1 3 Test Print Pattern iii dicci n 118 2 Diagnosis by Diagnostic Commander 9 119 2 T Generali tct A 119 2 2 SITIO IF Ue PERIERE TERES 120 2 3 Operation of Diagnostic 121 2 4 Test Pt mor e al 123 2 5 Mpun TGS ta Me a Ried ec M tet e ot P aee M ere e Led cet eh
274. screw securing the earth P J233 of the HARNESS ASSY FSR PL5 1 9 to the FUSER DRIVE ASSY of the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 16 Remove screw securing the edge P J235 of the EARTH WIRE of HARNESS ASSY FSR3 FSR32 FSR4 PL5 1 9 to the MAIN DRIVE ASSY PL11 1 14 17 Shift the harness P J52 and earth P J235 of the FUSER DRIVE ASSY from the hook and housing secured to the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 18 Remove 3 screws securing the FUSER DRIVE ASSY to the CHUTE ASSY IN 19 Remove the FUSER DRIVE ASSY from the CHUTE ASSY IN Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 241 RRP5 5 LATCH R 5 1 21 FRONT ASSY IN JE n n 7 as on SHAFT LATCH SPRING LATCH engine 0056 Figure LATCH R Removal 3 242 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures Removal Remove the FUSER ASSY RRP8 1 2 Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT IN RRP1 10 3 Release the latch at A from the printer and open the CHUTE ASSY IN PL5 1 1 4 Release the hook at the lower part of the SPRING LATCH 1 2kgf PL5 1 22 securing it to the hole on the right side of the CHUTE ASSY IN 5 Release the hook at 1 position securing the LATCH R PL5 1 21 to the CHUTE ASSY IN 6 Pull out the LATCH R from the CHUTE ASSY IN together with the SHAFT LATCH PL5 1 23 and the SPRING LATCH 1 2kgf 7 Remove the SPRING LATCH 1 2kgf from the LATCH R 8 Pull out the SHAFT LATCH from the LATCH R Rep
275. sensors or switches Control of ROS ASSY Supplies high voltage to parts in the PHD ASSY to perform charging development primary transfer and secondary transfer of the print process to the following parts in the ASSY RTC Refresher Developer IDT 1 IDT2 IDT 1 Cleaner IDT 2 Cleaner PWBA DRV HBN Controls parts of motor and so on by the signal from the PWBA MCU HBN and sends information from the sensors and switches to PWBA MCU HBN The power from the LVPS is supplied to the PWBA MCU HBN through this PWB Also the interlock switch is mounted on this PWB Major functions are as follows Recive of information from the sensors or switches Control of Toner Motor in MAIN DRIVE ASSY DEVE DRIVE ASSY FUSER DRIVE ASSY MOTOR ASSY DUP and HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN Distributing low voltage DC power outputted from LVPS to each component Cutting off the 24VDC circuit by the interlock switch CONTROLLER BOARD Receives data from high order unit host prints and controls the whole printer PWBA FONT CARD Records font information of printer Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 11 2 Reference diagram CONTROLLER BOARD PWBA DRV HBN PWBA MCU HBN FAN REAR nn PWBA FONT CARD HARNESS ASSY AC SW engine principle0042FB 6 449 6 MODES 6 1 Print Mode The printer has four modes Standard mode Fine mode High gross mode and Super high gross mode Modes are switched over
276. sing large discrepancy between measured value by SENSOR ADC ASSY and reference value of toner density The Admix Mode dispenses the toner immediately to prevent the reduction of toner density if the patch density result measured by the SENSOR ADC ASSY 15 far lower than the reference value when the patches for toner density control are generated 7 4 5 LED Light Quantity Control of SENSOR ADC ASSY The SENSOR ADC ASSY is a reflection type density sensor that radiates the light to an objective from the LED in the sensor and detects the reflected light from the objective to output electric signal according to the light quantity For exact density measurement the sensor output value reflected light quantity must be the specified value when no toner is put on the BTR as an objective The reflected light quantity varies depending on the BTR surface condition or dirty condition of SENSOR ADC ASSY surface The light quantity emitted from the LED is controlled so that the reflected light quantity satisfies the specified value This control is made in two ways one to set the light quantity so that the reflected light quantity satisfies the specified value and one to adjust the subsequent light quantity to be within the tolerance 1 Light quantity setting The reflected light quantity may vary largely ifthe BTR Assy was replaced or the SENSOR ADC ASSY was cleaned Assuming this fact the light quantity is set when the power turned on or the front cover i
277. sing the printer are described below referring to their illustrations Those components are classified into the following blocks based on the configuration of the printer Paper Cassette Paper Feeder Housing Assy Retard yw Front Assy In Chute Assy Out x Chute Assy Exit BTR Assy amp Fuser x Xerographics TCRU Assy x Frame amp Drive x Electrical 6 427 5 1 Paper Cassette 5 1 1 Major functions Side Guide The Side Guide can move at right angle to the paper transfer direction to align the paper width End Guide The End Guide can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size The ON OFF of SWITCH ASSY SIZE see 5 2 Paper Feeder varies according to the End Guide position to detect the paper size V ROLL ASSY Paper Cassette The ROLL ASSY Paper Cassette and the ROLL ASSY PICK UP ASSY see 5 2 Paper Feeder pinch the paper to feed 6 428 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 1 2 Reference diagram End Guide Side Guide ROLL ASSY Paper Cassette ANK n al is N AA df KL G es engine principle0032FA 6 429 5 2 Paper Feeder 5 2 1 Major functions SWITCH ASSY SIZE SWITCH ASSY SIZE detects paper size and existence or non existence of the paper tray Y SENSOR PHOTO No Paper Sensor Detects existence or non existence of paper in the paper tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO PAPER No paper Sensor beam is intercepted Y SENSOR
278. stic operation Operational principle Wiring connection diagram Level 1 FIP gt Level 2 FIP Trouble recovery check Y Preventive maintenance Y 1 25 1 2 Preparatory Requirements 1 26 Be sure to check the following items before starting the troubleshooting procedures 1 2 Voltage of the power supply is within the specifications measure the voltage at the electric outlet Power cord is free from breakage short circuit disconnected wire or incorrect connection in the power cord The laser printer is properly grounded The laser printer is not installed at a place subjected to too high temperature too high humidity too low temperature too low humidity or rapid change of temperature The laser printer is not installed close to water service humidifier heat generating unit or fire in very dusty place or a place exposed to air flow from the air conditioning system The laser printer is not installed in a place where volatile gas or inflammable gas is generated The laser printer is not installed under direct sunbeams The laser printer is installed in a well ventilated place The laser printer is installed on a stout and stable plane 10 Paper used meets specifications standard paper is recommendable 11 The laser printer is handled properly 12 Parts which should be periodically replaced are replaced each time when sp
279. t gt J41 8 J11 34 lt gt J41 7 J11 35 lt gt J41 6 J11 36 lt gt J41 5 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV1 1 67 25 Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was the replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 10PIN lt gt P J51 11PIN less than 0 2VDC ER SPA Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J704 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNRA Checking SENSOR TONER LOW Check if an error occurs though the SENSOR TONER LOW Go to step 6 End of work was replaced with a new one With tool Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV2 for continuity Go to step 7 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 Replace HARNESS ASSY DRV2 2 Is 12 24 lt gt J42 7 continuous normally Without tool Go to step 8 Checking TONER MOTOR Does TONER MOTOR function normally Check the toner Using TONER MOTOR diagnostic tool check by Digital stirring AUGER or Go to step 8 Output Test gear for damage In the test close the INTERLOCK SW Checking PWBA DRV3 for signal Go to step 9 Replace PWBA Is P J51 36PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Check
280. t gt J51 continuous normally TNRA P Replace Checking EOM ASSY DRV2 2 for continuity Go to step 6 HARNESS ASSY 15 J12 22 lt gt J42 9 continuous normally DRV2 2 Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Go to step 7 Replace PWBA Is P J51 26PIN lt gt P J60 2PIN 24VDC DRV HBN Checking HARNESS ASSY TNRA for continuit Replace gt Go to step 8 HARNESS ASSY Is J512 lt gt J51 continuous normally TNRA Checking TONER MOTOR Check if an error occurs though the TONER MOTOR was Go to step 9 End of work replaced with a new one Checking HARNESS ASSY DRV1 for continuity Check the following for continuity Replace PWBA Replace J11 29 lt gt J41 12 DRV and if J11 30 lt gt J41 11 still faulty replace d p ASSA J11 31 lt gt J41 10 PWBA MCU HBN J11 32 lt gt J41 9 Replace the parts concerned Go to step 2 1 75 FIP 33 Cyan Toner Near Empty Cyan Toner Low Ye Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault SENSOR TONER LOW replacing condition TONER CARTRIDGE replacing condition TONER MOTOR replacing condition Checking TONER CARTRIDGE 2 Check if an error occurs though the TONER CARTRIDGE Go to step 3 End of work was replaced with a new one Checking PWBA DRV HBN for signal Is P J51 1PIN lt gt P J51 2PIN less than 0 2VDC A 5210 Replace Checking HARNESS ASSY TNR4 for continuity Go to step 5 HARNESS ASSY Is J703 lt gt J51 continuous normally
281. t Read Address Data Save Data Save Life Adjustment Data noo joo Write Data Write Life Adjustment Data 2 7 1 Direct Read Write The Address field and Data field are displayed on the screen where NV Data tab selected Entering address and data here allows you to directly read write the desired area This file is intended to be used by a KONICA MINOLTA PRINTING SOLUTIONS Level 3 Technical Support Engineer to diagnose problems with data in the Refer to the NVM Readme txt file in the folder where the Hibana Service Commander was installed Direct Read 1 Enter arbitrary address in the Address field and press the Enter key 2 The result is displayed in the information display area Successful terminationRead XXXX Address XX Data Read inhibited areaRead XXXX Address The address does not exist Direct Write 1 Enter arbitrary address in the Address field and desired data in the Data field then press the Enter key 2 The result is displayed in the information display area Successful terminationWrite XXXX Address XX Read onlyWrite XXXX Address is a write in prohibition address The address and data to be entered are hexadecimal numbers The result is displayed also with hexadecimal numbers 2 130 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 2 7 2 Text File 2 7 3 Save NVM Data 2 7 4 Write NVM Data 2 7 5 Save Life Adjustme
282. t setting Faulty paper transfer path Check the paper transfer path for presence of burrs Clean or replace the parts concerned foreign substances or dirt Faulty paper feed rolls Check if the paper feed rolls feed the paper normally Glean onreplace ihe pars concemed Faulty paper transfer rolls Check the paper transfer rolls for evidence of foreign Clean or replace the parts concerned substances dirt deformation or malfunction Checking ROS ASSY for mounting Check if ROS ASSY for mounting Replace MARIS ASSN Faulty PHD ASSY Is the image quality improved if PHD ASSY is replaced Replace Ihe PAD ASSN 1 106 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting P9 Crease Condition initial check Crease on print A Print on creased paper Initial check Parts of different specifications improper installation damage deformation dirt foreign substance attached etc V Major parts to be checked V PAPER FEEDER CHUTE ASSY REGI CHUTE ASSY OUT BTR ASSY PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY Wet paper Replace the paper Do the wrinkles disappear if the paper is replaced with Ask the customer for storing the paper in newly unpacked paper a dry place Faulty FUSER ASSY Check the HEAT ROLL and NIP BELT for evidence of Replace the FUSER ASSY damage dirt or foreign substances Paper skew feed B Check if the paper is fed on the skew Go to P8 Faulty paper transfer path Check the paper transfer path for presence of burrs Clean or replace the parts
283. te d 865007E66672 BEARING EARTEH 22 een 865013E19270 ROLL DUP oni achat Seles Ina 865059E95750 ACTUATOR nt e deett 865120E18750 COVER 0 00220000 100000000000 865802 23280 SPRING SNR DUP a ante 865809E30110 BEARING cei dad dede 865013E19281 PLATE LATCH Ue eode Refer to Item 1 LATCH OU Da eh 865003E53410 HOLDER LATOEI tied s Refer to Item 1 SPRING LATCH QUITE Rees 865809E28730 SPRING MSI 25040 865809 28700 GEAR MS ate 865007 65840 HARNESS ASSY 00 50 131 137 865962K147 10 BEARING MSIaz itt E free Refer to Item 1 id AZUL i etre dae 865008 93880 ROLL GORE MS 865059 95740 ROLLASSY FEED 5 en asd 865059 19960 SHAFT MS inter edt Ein Refer to Item 1 PLATEQUTMS Es iie etes Refer to Item 1 SPRING SENSOR MSI 865809E28720 ACTUATOR MS led 865120 18730 STOPBER SOL nc ne era 865003E53400 SPRING SOL 0 5 ida email 865809 28690 SOLENOID FEED MSI eere 865121E88250 CHUTE D P OUT tede etico es his Refer to Item 1 PLATE ASSY BOTTOM 1 865015K52791 WIRE ASSY DUP 00044400011 Refer to Item
284. ted by the toner dispense time The Toner Motor in the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN is driven by the amount of calculated toner dispense time to supply the toner into the developer 2 ADC Auto Density Control The patches of respective colors yellow magenta cyan and black for the toner density control are generated under specified potential condition and transferred on the BTR The SENSOR ADC ASSY measures this density The measured value is compared with reference value and if the toner density is low the toner dispense quantity is increased at the next printing or if the toner density is high the toner dispense quantity is reduced at the next printing The toner dispense quantity is calculated by the toner dispense time This calculation is made for each color ADC is made after the completion of printing if either of the following conditions is satisfied When cumulative print count after the power on exceeds 16 When a cleaning cycle is executed during continuous printing 3 Example of toner dispensation The Toner Motor revolves for the duration of the specified time per 1 time dispensation The toner dispense time in 1 and 2 above is calculated with the number of revolutions of Toner Motor In the following description this is called the dispense count The dispense count calculated by the ADC is cancelled in the subsequent 8 prints If 16 dispense counts were calculated as a lack of toner by the ADC the toner is dispensed additionall
285. the right side surface of the printer 13 Shift the harness P J166 of the FAN REAR from the hook of the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN PL10 1 1 2 3 4 on the right side surface of the printer 14 Remove the connector P J51 on the PWBA HBN PL12 1 12 from the right side surface of the printer 15 Remove the connector P J144 on the PWBA EFPROM STD PL10 1 14 on the left side surface of the printer 16 Remove the connector P J5020 connector P J5030 and connector P J5011 on the S HVPS PL10 1 15 on the left side surface of the printer From the printer release the harness of the connector P J5011 from the clamp Remove the connector P J3411 of HARNESS ASSY RFID2 PL10 1 19 from the backside of printer Release the hooks at 2 positions securing the GEAR SLIDE to the left side surface of the printer 17 20 Remove the GEAR SLIDE from the printer 7 18 19 21 Remove the RACK V from the printer 22 Remove 8 screws securing the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT to the printer 23 Remove the HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UNIT from the printer Replacement Replace the components in the reverse order of removal 3 310 Chapter 3 Removal Replacement Procedures In replacing the GEAR SLIDE meet the leading edge of gear rail on the left side with the vertex of a triangle mark on the RACK Execute the following diagnosis after having exchanged HOLDER ASSY TONER HBN UN
286. tomatically adjusted for each color 6 451 7 4 Process Control For a stable printing the parameters related to the image forming must be corrected as necessary The control of entire printing process including parameter correction control is called process control Mainly the following two controls are made Potential control Toner density control To supplement these two controls the following controls are provided High Area Coverage Mode Admix Mode SENSOR ADC ASSY LED light quantity setting 7 4 1 Potential Control To attain stable printing image density the drum charging voltage and the developing DC voltage are adjusted according to the developing capability of each color carrier that varies momentarily The adjusted drum charging voltage and the developing DC voltage are fed back to keep the printing image density constant The potential control is made immediately before the start of printing if either of the following conditions is satisfied At the first printing after the power on When cumulative print count after the power on exceeds 16 When a cleaning cycle is executed during continuous printing The outline of control is as follows 1 The SENSOR HUM TEMP temperature and humidity sensor detects the temperature and humidity and sets target values of drum charging voltage and developing DC voltage 2 The patches of respective colors yellow magenta cyan and black for the potential control are gen
287. tool check by Digital Input Test Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for signal 3 Remove the BTR ASSY Is P J141 2PIN lt gt P J141 1PIN OVDC Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for signal Is P J141 3PIN lt gt P J141 1PIN 5VDC Checking HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS for continuity J141 lt gt J142 continuous normally Replace the parts concerned Go to step 6 Go to step 6 Go to step 5 Replace SENSOR TONER FULL With tool Go to step 2 Without tool Go to step 3 Go to step 3 Go to step 4 Replace HARNESS ASSY EEPROM Replace HARNESS ASSY TFLSNS Checking BTR ASSY Replace PWBA End of work Replace new BTR ASSY and check if an error occurs MCU HBN PENG 1 70 Chapter 1 Troubleshooting FIP 28 Fuser Life Over Replace Fuser Unit Check Yes No Checking NVM 1 Does the error occur even if the Fuser counter is cleared 9910 step 2 End of work Replace FUSER ASSY Replace PWBA Does the error happen MCU HBN End of work 1 71 29 CTD Sensor Dustiness ADC Sensor Dustiness Error Ye mw Initial setting Check the following for evidence of fault Replace the parts Go to step 2 BTR ASSY replacing condition concerned SENSOR ADC ASSY replacing condition Checking HARNESS ASSY CTD for connection Is HARNESS ASSY CTD connected to the SENSOR ADC Go to step 3 Replace paris concerned ASSY normally NE Replace LSK epo ASSY CTD for continuity Go to step 4 HARNESS ASSY
288. troubles beforehand Preventive maintenance procedure 1 Ask the customer how the laser printer is used 2 Record the accumulated number of sheets printed Replace the parts to be replaced periodically based on the No of prints If required replace such parts at this time 3 Print on several sheets of paper to check for no trouble 4 Remove foreign substances on the BTR ASSY PHD ASSY FUSER ASSY and paper delivery rolls and clean any debris with a brush or dry cloth If stain is serious clean with wet cloth and then dry cloth Be careful not to damage the pang 5 Cleaning of fan exhaust port Remove the FRONT HEAD COVER and clean the FUSER FAN to remove dust deposited on it with a brush or toner vacuum Remove the REAR COVER and clean the dust deposit on the fan If the exhaust port or fan is clogged temperature in this laser printer increases causing trouble 6 Print on several sheets again to check for print quality 1 114 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostics 1 Diagnosis for Stand alone Printer 1 1 1 2 General The test print can be used on the stand alone printer for an operation check For this purpose the test print pattern stored in the printer is printed continuously at the continuous printing speed Printing Method 1 Remove the CONTROLLER BOARD See Disassembly and Assembly 12 3 2 Set the paper and turn the power on CAUTION In the following steps n
289. uger are spiral agitating components and they are driven by the toner motor provided on the rear of toner cartridge The toner to be consumed according to the print count is calculated and fed into the developer This is called toner dispensation which is controlled by two types of control PCDC and ADC For the PCDC and ADC see 7 4 Process Control in this chapter The toner fed into the developer and the carrier in the developer are agitated by the Auger and supplied to the Magnet Roll arranged in the vicinity of the drum surface The toner and carrier are charged by friction due to the agitation toner in negative carrier in positive and they are absorbed each other electrically As the carrier is a magnetic substance it is attracted to the Magnet Roll having a magnetic force and a homogeneous layer is formed by the Trimmer Rod and the Paddle The magnet roll is covered by a thin semi conductive sleeve over the surface DB Developing Bias voltage is supplied to this semiconductor sleeve from HVPS DB voltage is negative DC voltage combined with AC voltage The magnet roll is kept at constant negative voltage against the optical conducting layer of the drum by DC voltage Therefore at the area on the drum surface where the negative electric charge does not decrease potential is lower than the magnet roll while the potential is higher than the magnet roll at the area where the negative charge on the drum surface decreases The A
290. under the instruction from the controller 1 Standard mode used for printing with resolution 600dpi 2 Fine mode process direction resolution 1200dpi mode 3 High gloss mode thick paper special paper and high glossed plain paper 4 Super high gloss mode thick paper special paper and super high glossed plain paper Relation between the resolution process speed print mode and paper mode is shown in the table below Paper mode usa maassa DEN Fine mode Half speed Hal speed Plain paper Thick paper High gloss mode Hafspsed HaKspesd gt 1 mode Fmemode _ Half speed Half speed Special paper High gloss mode Half speed Half speed 4 2 mode 1 Thick paper L Thick paper H 2 Label L Label H OHP Envelope Postcard 6 2 Operation Modes For the operation of the printer the following five modes are provided V DIAG TEST mode The printer is ready for receiving diagnostic commands or the printer diagnostic function is operating WAIT mode The printer is under the adjustment of print quality Y READY mode The printer is ready for printing PRINTING mode The printer is under printing Y ERROR mode Any error was detected in the printer V Initializing mode New parts have been just set to the printer initializing with a new PHD V Checking Unit mode Printer is under checking consumable units 6 450 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 7 Control 7 1
291. us 1 4 51h C1h status 1 5 51h C1h status 1 6 51h C1h status 2 0 51h C1h status 2 1 51h C1h status 2 2 51h C1h status 2 3 51h C1h status 2 4 51h C1h status 2 6 Name of error Contents of error Yellow Toner Cartridge Detached Yellow Toner Cartridge Missing Cartridge sensor detected no toner cartridge Magenta Toner Cartridge Detached Magenta Toner Cartridge Missing Cartridge sensor detected no toner cartridge Cyan Toner Cartridge Detached Cyan Toner Cartridge Missing Cartridge sensor detected no toner cartridge Black Toner Cartridge Detached Black Toner Cartridge Missing Cartridge sensor detected no toner cartridge PHD Detached Imaging Unit Missing Machine detected no PHD ASSY BTR Detached Transfer Unit Missing Machine detected no BTR ASSY Fuser Detached Fuser Unit Missing Machine detected no FUSER ASSY CRUM ID Error TC Y Call for Service CRUM Error Y TC ASSY ID is not as recorded CRUM ID Error TC M Call for Service CRUM Error M TC ASSY ID is not as recorded CRUM ID Error TC C Call for Service CRUM Error ASSY ID is not as recorded CRUM ID Error TC K Call for Service CRUM Error K TC ASSY ID is not as recorded CRUM ID Error PHD Invalid ID Imaging Unit PHD ASSY ID is not as recorded CRUM ID Error Fuser Invalid ID Fuser Unit Fuser ASSY ID is not as recorded Reference FIP FIP 1 page 40 FIP 2 page 41 FIP 3 page 42 FIP 4 page 43 FI
292. vironment for 12 hours before unpacking 8 1 4 Printer condition The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition 8 1 5 Image quality guaranteed area The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed in the guaranteed image quality area specified in this manual 8 1 6 Criterion The print image quality is guaranteed with the Spec In rate 95 y 90 9 Option 9 1 Options to be Installed by Users Users can install the following 2 types of units Feeder Unit 500 sheets x 2 feeder units with 500 sheet universal cassette x 2 1 Tray Feeder Unit 500 sheets x 1 feeder unit with 500 sheet universal cassette x 1 8 510 Index Switch 448 ACTUATOR DUP removal 262 ACTUATOR EXIT removal 288 ACTUATOR FULL removal 252 ACTUATOR I R removal 334 ACTUATOR MSI removal 268 ACTUATOR NO PAPER removal 210 ACTUATOR removal 302 ACTUATOR TCRU ASSY removal 320 ADC Auto Density Control 453 ADC ADC Sensor Dustiness Error 71 ADC Sensor 434 ADC Sensor Dustiness Warning 59 Adjust Input Bin 83 Admix Mode 454 Agitator 410 Altitude Specification 508 Ambient Lighting 508 B Bias Transfer Roller 416 Black Box Diagnostics 119 Black Toner Cartridge Missing 43 Black Toner Empty 88 Black Toner Low 67 BOX ASSY CRUM READER removal 328 BOX ASSY MCU ESS removal 354 BRACKET ELIMINATOR ASSY removal 258 BTR 416 BTR Assy amp Fuser Functions 440
293. y ROLL TURN and ROLL PINCH TURN Paper transfer by Regi Roll and Metal Roll of CHUTE REGI ASSY y Paper transfer by IDT2 of PHD ASSY PKG and BTR of BTR Assy v Paper transfer by Heat Roll and Fuser Belt of FUSER ASSY v Paper transfer by Roll Assy Exit and Pinch Roll of FUSER ASSY v Paper transfer by ROLL MID of CHUTE ASSY EXIT and ROLL PINCH OF CHUTE ASSY OUT y Paper transfer by ROLL EXIT of CHUTE ASSY EXIT and ROLL PINCH EXIT of CHUTE ASSY OUT Print output Paper transfer to duplex path by reversing ROLL EXIT and ROLL MID Paper transfer by ROLL DUP and ROLL PINCH DUP 6 425 4 2 Layout of Paper Transfer Route Laser beam p Paper transfer A Paper sensors ROLL EXIT ROLL MID ROLL PINCH EXIT Heat Roll ROLL PINCH Pinch Roll Roll Assy Exit IDT2 Fuser Belt ROLL DUP ROLL PINCH DUP Metal Roll Regi Roll ROLL ASSY FEED MSI ROLL ASSY RETARD ROLL PINCH TURN ROLL TURN ROLL ASSY FEED CHUTE ASSY TURN PICK UP ASSY ROLL ASSY TURN ROLL ASSY PICK UP ASSY PICK UP ASSY ROLL ASSY Paper Cassette engine principle0031FA 6 426 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5 Functions of Major Functional Components Major functional components compri
294. y to the dispense count calculated by the PCDC by 2 counts 16 8 2 in the subsequent 8 prints Or if 16 dispense counts were calculated as an excess of toner by the ADC the toner is dispensed by subtracting from the dispense count calculated by the PCDC in the subsequent 8 prints If the excess amount cannot be subtracted in 8 prints the remainder is subtracted in 9 and subsequent prints Total dispense counts 4 5 3 4 2 2 3 4 3 2 Even allotment in first 8 prints m gt Correction amount by ADC 16 00 ee 00 00 00 Dispense counts by 2 3 1 2 d 0 1 i 3 2 Correction amount by ADC 8 7 O O C Total dispense counts 1 2 0 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 engine principle0044FA 6 453 7 4 3 High Area Coverage Mode A continuous printing of the image of area coverage exceeding the toner dispense capability causes the toner density in the developer to be lowered The High Area Coverage Mode extends the next page feed and dispenses the toner during this time if the toner dispense time reached the specified value during a continuous printing 7 4 4 Admix Mode Even the High Area Coverage Mode may not be able to cope with the reduction of toner density in the developer Also if the machine used in high humidity environment is relocated to the place in low humidity environment the reference value of toner density is different in respective environments thus cau

Service Manual - Printers

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents